Chapter 3 logs: Rogue Personas - Shiro and Dami

[VySaika]

Side Story: Mike talks to people~

> ------------------------------------------
> Friday morning, bright and very early. Mykasi's alarm goes off at 6AM, since he has plans to be at the track by 7 to try out with Shiro and Rikuto.
> Kyo groans a bit as Mike's alarm sounds, grogilly looking up and over at his roommate, "Guh...the hell, man?"
* Mykasi reaches out from under his pillow and sheets, hitting the desk three times before finally finding the alarm clock with his hand and slamming it off. "Train'n regmen. Wann geback n'shape." he mutters into the pillow, before groggily getting up. "Sorry."
> Kyo rolls back over, grumbling something incoherent and pulling his blanket up over his head.
> As Mike gets out of bed, he can feel the cold of the early morning, even though the dorms are heated.
<Mykasi> Mike grins weakly, before stumbling out of bed and grabbing shorts and an baggy sleeveless shirt to swap into - and then noticing the cold. "Ssss... fine." he mutters, grabbing sweatpants and a hoodie, too, changing quickly before heading out to one of the little convenience stores for a quick cup of miso. Better to have some protein, and Mike runs worse on an empty stomach anywho.
> The girl at the convenience counter this early smiles shyly at Mike as he grabs his cup of Miso. The poor thing is tiny, even for a Japanese woman, so is bundled up like an eskimo against the chill. A moment after Mike grabs his cup, Rikuto Oda comes up to the same store, wearing his own jogging gear.
> Oda blinks a bit and half smiles, as he grabs a cup of his own, "Oh, hey. Coming by today?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah, that was the plan. Can't run without something in my gut, though, so protein first." Mike nods.
> He nods, "Yeah, same. Shiro runs on empty, though. Well, whatever works, right?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah, more power to him." Mike nods, glancing around. "So not used to it being this cold for this long, but shows what I get for moving north climate-wise."
> Oda nods, his face a bit more serious, "Yeah. It's not even December yet, and it's this cold already. Wonder how much worse it's going to get..."
<Mykasi> "So this isn't normal?" Mike asks, suddenly curious.
> He drains his miso in short oder and tosses the styrofoam cup in a trashcan before answering, "Not really, no. It gets cold early sometimes, but not usually this cold."
> Then he nods at the girl at the counter, "Thanks for the miso, Chira."
* Mykasi finishes his own, musing. "Huh. Climate change, perhaps?" Because if it's related to the Persona superhero drama, he'll have to punch it in the face. With his fist.
<Mykasi> Then, to Chira, "Thanks."
> She positively beams at his attention, "You're very welcome!" Then nods at you as well, "Yes."
> Oda shrugs, "Dunno. People talk about Global Warming all the time, but that doesn't explain why it'd get colder like this."
> He starts walking off towards the track.
<Mykasi> "Changing weather in one place pushes weather other places, is the simple explanation." Mike nods, following. "A warm front in, say, the Artic, could push the colder weather down toward here faster than usual. This being said I have little understanding of meteorology beyond the climate change debate, sooo cursing the cold works for me."
> Oda nods, "Yeah, that kind of science isn't my feild at all, so I'm just as clueless."
> The two of you reach the track before too much longer, more then ready to get running and warm up in the process. To no one's surprise, Shiro is already there.
> He looks over at the two of you, "Hey, you're here. Girl at the shop make doe eyes at you again, Oda?"
<Mykasi> "Shock. Awe. Horror. Trepidation. We have been beaten here." Mike deadpans, before listening to Oda and Shiro.
> Oda ignores him, and goes over to start stretching.
* Mykasi stretches out a bit, himself, cracking his neck. "Forgot to ask this earlier, but how long do you usually run practices?"
> Shiro walks over to you, "Since we do this every day, only about half an hour. Full hour on actual practice days."
<Mykasi> "Righty-o. Sounds good."
> After everyone's stretched, Shiro takes his glasses off and tucks them in his bag before calling the two of you over to the starting line, "Alright, so we're gonna run a couple time trials here to see if you can make the cut. But let's all go ahead and do a warm-up lap, first. Mykasi in lane 2, Oda in lane 4, I'll take lane six."
<Mykasi> "Right." Mike nods, getting in lane 2 and swallowing back another question for now. It can wait until the workout's done, at least.
> Oda takes his place as well, and Shiro nods, "Alright, on my mark. Ready...set...MARK!"
> Oda and Shiro take off like shots, both running a damn sight faster then nearly anyone you've seen before. Shiro takes the lead out of the gate, but shortly after the halfway mark of the lap, Oda has picked up enough speed to pass him and slides back into the start/finish line first.
* Mykasi pushes himself as well - while there's no way he's keeping up with either of them, he can try to keep close enough to not be totally disgraceful. Granted, so long as he's not like half a field behind, he's probably doing better than the competition for the third slot, but hey.
> Oda and Shiro start doing a couple more stretches once Mykasi reaches the line, neither one saying anything about his speed. Shiro breaks the silence after a moment by going back for his bag and pulling out a stopwatch, "Alright, still got your wind, Mykasi? Or do you need another minute?"
* Mykasi nods. "Yeah, should be fine." Rolling his shoulders, "Shit, no jokin' on your two's speeds, tho."
> Shiro nods, "Yeah, we've both broken records before. Don't worry about not keeping up with us. I'm a hardcore nutcase about training and have been doing this for years, and Oda is just good at everything like that."
> Oda rolls his eyes at Shiro's praise.
<Mykasi> "Heh. I knew I wouldn't be keeping up, but damn that was impressive. Anyway, let's get goin' for the round 1?" Mike suggests.
> Shiro fiddles with his stopwatch for a second, "Alright, gonna throw you straight into the deep end here. Three laps, set your own pace. I'll be timing your per lap and overall speeds. Oda, go ahead and hit the line too."
<Mykasi> "Right." Mike nods, hitting his spot and stretching a bit.
> Oda takes his lane as well, "Ready."
> Shiro nods, "Alright, once more. On my mark. Ready...set...MARK!"
> Oda heads off again, but is obviously keeping a slower pace then he did in the warmup lap. By the time the first lap is done, he's only a bit ahead of Mike. But as race goes, he does nothing but gain speed, slowing pulling further and further ahead until he's at a flat run by the home stretch of the last lap.
* Mykasi doesn't even consider trying to match Oda for speed, instead just attempting to make sure each lap is slightly faster than the last as he focuses on doing it as fast as he can.
> As Oda crosses the line, he rushes right past it, slowing down to a jog and eventually a walk, then crouching down with his hands on his knees breathing heavily. Mike crosses the line a bit later, feeling nearly as winded as Oda looks, as Shiro calls out, "Alright, time. Walk it down, don't try to cold stop."
* Mykasi nods and keeps walking slowly, catching his breath. "Heh."
> Oda straightens back up, looking back to Mike as he shakes the haze out of his vision, "Well...not cold anymore..."
<Mykasi> "Hahaha... nope, definitely not..." Mike grins, stretching and moving.
> Shiro fiddles with the stopwatch some more, then walks over to Mike to show him his times, "Here you go. That's definately better then anyone else on the team right now, though not by too much. You said you were out of practice running though, right?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah. Only been getting back into it recently." Mike nods hazily, eyeing it. "Should be able to improve well enough - been more limber lately than I have in a while. Hell, you remember the night a while back where you warned me 'bout the test? Only really been trying to get back in shape since then, so."
> Shiro nods, "Yeah, I remember that. Something happen after that to make you want to get active again?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah, something like that. Got talking with my... well, currently my ex back home. We haven't been together for a while, since high school actually, but... talking with 'em and thinking about things made me decide to get back to the grindstone, so to speak." Mike nods.
> He grins, "Hey, always good to hear about someone deciding to get thier shit together. Lot of folks out there could use a good dose of that."
<Mykasi> "Yeah, the conversation involved a fair few wake-up calls on my end. And of course now everything is perfect with me so I've been running around pretending I'm a superhero and kicking dinosaur ass." Mike deadpans, before, "Okay, we running again?"
> Oda winces, "Don't even joke about stuff like that. You've been hearing about all the people going crazy, right? Remember one of them really did start running around in a superhero costume and got shot?"
<Mykasi> "...ah, right." Mike shakes his head. "Must've been why the crack came to me. Sorry 'bout that."
> Shiro shrugs, "Eh. Life's tough. You just can't let it get so bad that you snap like that."
> Oda shakes his head, clearly not agreeing with Shiro's outlook but not feeling like arguing with him.
<Mykasi> "It's been occuring a bit too often to be a normal phenomena, though, feels like." Mike shakes his head. "I mean, not native to Japan and all, but something might be going on."
> Oda nods, "Yeah, this is even less normal then the weather."
> Shiro makes a noncommital noise, then heads back for the starting line, "Eh. Come on, lets do a few more laps. Try to keep a steady pace, running in the cold like this is good for endurance building."
* Mykasi nods slightly to Oda with a shrug, before getting to the line. "Yeah, and it keeps us warm. I'm game."
> Once more, Shiro calls out, "Alright, aim for five laps, if you have to drop out after three go ahead. On my mark. Ready...set...MARK!"
> The three of you run for another five laps, Shiro actually pushing a sixth after you and Oda finish. Mike and Oda are fairly beat at the end of it, but Shiro still looks to be in decent condition.
> He does, however, walk straight over to a bench and plop down after doing his cool down walk.
* Mykasi stretches, still keeping moving. "Right. Yeah, definitely will need to be doing this more, but I'm cool with that."
> Shiro nods from the bench, "Track and martial arts, you'll be set for anything physical life ever throws at you."
> Oda shrugs, "Should probably make time for karate classes sometime. But my school load is pretty heavy."
<Mykasi> "Hah." Mike grins, cracking neck. "Doooon't quite think I've the space to squeeze in martial arts just yet. Maybe next semester, since I should be approaching done with the Japanese stuff and can just grab a proficiency diploma and run." A nod to Oda. "Yeah, can get that. Mine's not terrible but I have to spend a lot of time on homework when I need to translate the newest load of buzzwords."
> Shiro thinks, "InstAl, Japanese, Robotics...you know, we're in almost all the same classes. Kinda funny."
> Oda looks over at you, "Oh, you're on the engineering track?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah." Mike nods. "The possibilities fascinate me, but I freely admit to geekhood. Yourself? What are you taking?"
> "Law." Oda shrugs, "Don't really have a choice, but it's not too bad so it doesn't bother me. Apparently I pick it up faster then most people, so maybe it's not a bad fit."
<Mykasi> "Huh." Mike muses, glancing down and tying his shoes. "Isn't there a Dr. Suiren teaching there? I've run into him while out and about town, from context I think he's a law professor."
> Oda nods, "Yeah, I'm in a couple of his classes. Political Law and Buisiness Law."
> "Political law." Shiro groans, "I hate politics. I think I'd end up hurting someone if I got stuffed into a class like that."
<Mykasi> "Heh." Mike says. "I think that's why we're the engineering people, Shiro - let the robots sort it out. And nice. I know I wouldn't work well for law, if only because it requires a good grasp of history and, aside from cultural relevance, I suck at history."
> Shiro shakes his head, "See, history I like. It's all the damn deception and bullshit in politics I can't stand. We're not as bad as some countries out there, but I still get fed up with it real fast."
> Oda half smiles, "Well, that's one advantage of the class. I'm learning how to tell the people who really mean what they're saying from the ones who don't. It's not always easy, but there's a pattern to the tricks."
<Mykasi> "It's less pretty when politicians are straightforward about what they want. Far less pretty." Mike notes, before nodding to Oda. "A good thing to pick up, yeah, I'd imagine."
> Shiro shrugs, "I'll take ugly truth over pretty lies."
<Mykasi> "Depends on if they're lying because they can't get their way. Usually, when they're being completely truthful... they're the ones in control. That's the one lesson I did learn from history classes." Mike says. "But hey, that aside - I have to ask, how is he as a teacher? Dr. Suiren, I mean."
> Oda shrugs, "He's...kinda mechanical, to be honest. Definately knows what he's talking about, but it's kinda hard to tell if he even notices we're there sometime. Did he seem that out of it when you saw him around town? Or is it just when he's working?"
<Mykasi> "He was getting really annoyed at a few kids, when I saw him last." Mike grinned. "Little brats were running around his table and I think he barely kept his cool about it."
> Shiro prys himself up from the bench, "Alright, I'm gonna go get breakfast. Mykasi, you're on the team if you want the spot. Just show up on Wednesday and Saturday mornings for practice and any other morning you feel like running."
> Oda checks the time, "I should go too, class in an hour and I need to shower."
<Mykasi> "Right. I gotta jet too, will see you guys here in the mornings." Mike nods, grateful for the conversation and the exercise, at least.
> As those guys are starting to leave, another person is actually starting to walk across the track towards what you would assume is the archery range around back from the bow case she's carrying.
> As she gets a bit closer, Mike recognizes her. It's Mistia. She apparently notices you as well, since she stops in her tracks.
* Mykasi blinks, and peers over to the person, a bit baffled - before recognizing Mistia, and pausing as well. After a slightly awkward moment, he waves, feeling a bit stupid.
> She closes her eyes for a second, takes a breath, exhales, and changes course to start walking right towards you, "Werfel. Look..." she pauses, and shakes her head, "Do you have a minute?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah, sure." Mike nods slowly. "What's up?"
> She nods, "We...got off on a really bad note. Mika..." she then gives you a slightly challenging look, "Okay, don't you dare be mad at her about this. I pestered until she told me, so if you're gonna get angry, then do it at me. Mika told me why she opened up to you. And...that really explained alot of things."
* Mykasi nods, a slight wince. "It's okay, I figured it'd come up in explanation. Just... keep it between you two, alright? Not comfortable enough here yet to be open about it. And... my apologies as well, I was really worried about her and came off really rude to you in the process, and I shouldn't have done that - really shouldn't have. So... yeah. Sorry.
> Mistia lets out a breath and relaxes a little, "Now that I know, it's pretty obvious you were worried about me breaking her heart by freaking out or something. Makes alot of sense in hindsight, especially since you don't really know me at all. Even if I did know then I think I would have been too embarrassed to talk about stuff like that in front of you, but...I wouldn't have been so nasty about chasing you out."
> "Um," she hesitates a second, then continiues, "Do you mind if I ask a question?"
<Mykasi> "...the concern was about her winding herself back into her shell, yeah, since I didn't know if she'd manage to spit it out. Glad she did, though, and you seemed a good enough friend to her that I figured you'd accept her feelings, no matter how you felt in return." Mike replies, before nodding. "Uh, sure? Go ahead."
> She nods, "Well, Hikari had already told me. Which is what I wanted to ask about. How did you two know? You and Hikari? That's the one thing I just can't figure out here. She...said some stuff about the way Mika was behaving at the concert tipping her off, but, I don't want to call her a liar but I can't think that's all of it."
<Mykasi> "Hikari... was guessing that from the start, and I'm not sure how - she was talking about the way she was speaking to you, but I confess I didn't believe her." Mike shakes his head. "I... uh... how much did Mika tell you about... me?"
> "Just that you had...well, a boyfriend, back in America. And that he lost his memory. You told her that through the door, which is what got her to open it, right?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah." Mike nods, shuffling his feet. "...Truth be told, the fact that it was my boyfriend... uh, that..." Mike clears his throat, looking over at the track. "It slipped, you know? In general, I guess I view Japan as less accepting of that... sort of thing, but... I was just freaking out because... I had just begun to get to know Mika, and she reminded... well, she reminds me of Xav." (More)
<Mykasi> "Quiet, unassuming, but really good natured, you know? And... fuck. When Xavier lost his memory it hurt me really goddamn bad, Mistia, no two ways 'bout it. I... holed myself in, clammed up, barely talked to anyone, just started to glide through things. Mika and Ishigami... were two of the first people I began to open back up to. So when Mika shut herself in... it worried me half to death." (More)
<Mykasi> "And she seemed to react to me better than to Ishigami at study sessions, at least, so..." Mike rubs his head. "I kept trying, and when she seemed to shut down again, I kinda broke back down myself."
> She thinks about it a minute, then nods, "Yeah, that makes sense. And I guess Hikari really did just pick up the cues." She then half mutters under her breath, but not too quiet for Mike's fairly long ear to catch, "Makes me wonder if she just knows what to look for..."
> A moment later, she realized she said that out loud and her eyes widen, "Okay, you did NOT hear me say that. Clear?"
* Mykasi snorts loudly, but then nods. "Say what? I missed it." After a moment, with a far more straight face, "She's good at reading people, in fairness, and frankly as soon as she gets an idea, she runs with it. She might have just taken the guess and built the stance from there. But yeah, you never said anything after that."
> Mistia nods, "Right. Okay, just one more thing I wanted to say and that's, well, just keep trying to spend some time with her when you can? I don't want things to get back to the point where I'm the only person she has. What if something happens to me?"
<Mykasi> "I doubt anything will, but yeah, I try to get time with her when I can. Mmm, maybe you guys can teach me some Japanese board games or something?" Mike offers. "Having both of us around might be a good support network for her, and it gives us something to do as an excuse, at a minimum."
> "Yeah, that might be a good idea. I'll bring it up with her when we go see a movie tonight. She's..." Mistia looks kinda embarrassed, "Uh, she's been avoiding you a bit since she thinks I'd be mad at her for talking to you. I'll let her know that's not it at all."
<Mykasi> "Oh." Mike flushes a bit. "Honestly, I've been trying to time it for when I think you won't be around just in case we got into an argument or something; kinda figured that'd be a bad idea. Yeah, go ahead and bring that up; she's got my number and you can grab it from her, but one of you two contact me when you're interested?"
> She nods, "Will do. So," she adjusts her case so she can hold out one hand, "No hard feelings?"
<Mykasi> "No hard feelings." Mike nods, shaking her hand. "See you around, then."
> "Right." And with that, Mistia heads off towards the archery range.
* Mykasi watches Mistia go, and starts jogging back to the dorm (AUGH COLD SWEAT ON BODY HATE), before pausing. And cheering quietly to himself, "YEEEES IT DIDN'T GO CREEPY STILL GRAY CARD TIME ON ME"
<Mykasi> And with that, he heads back to the dorm.
> --------------------------------------------

[VySaika]

<Mykasi> ------------------
<Mykasi> Staring at the computer screen for a moment longer, Mike lets out a small snort before picking up his phone and pressing the speed dial for Dr. Suiren. "I can't believe this sort of bullshit can actually happen and that they can jus- oh, hi, Professor."
* Nagare raises an eyebrow as he catches the half-done swearing from Mike. "Hello, Mykasi. Any deity earn your wrath today? Although I appreciate not finishing the thought for my sake."
* Mykasi leans back in the chair, eyes closed. "One, it wasn't for your sake, and two, I intend to be good and goddamn well drunk before the day's done, as right now I am significantly knurded. But that's irrelevant. We need to meet up at some point - probably immediately after the Dreamcatcher visit would be optimal - and discuss... well, discuss things."
* Nagare nods. "Indeed. We have been getting a few unsettling rumors around, for starters. You were right about the gossip flying in the teachers' lounge."
<Mykasi> "Oh, good. That's more bad- well, is it bad? Never mind, don't tell me." Mike says, frustrated as he stands up. "Okay. So you've got info too. Good. Right. Well, for maximum convenience, you could tag along on the Dreamcatchers thing, though it doesn't seem up your alley - arts 'n crafts, mystical hoodoo stuff." Beginning to pace, now, "So alternately we can just meet at the Dragon's Jug or something after Hikari and I are done there."
* Nagare scratches his chin, his voice raising a subtle hint of interest. "Arts and crafts? What kind of arts, actually?"
<Mykasi> "Uh." Mike pauses at this, somewhat bemused. "It's been painting and designing tarot cards lately. Choosing thematic styles for them."
<Nagare> "Hmmmm. May as well - I didn't think I'd be able to integrate my hobby into this supernatural business. It's a welcome breath of fresh air."
<Mykasi> "What?" Mike asks, confused.
* Nagare lets out a slightly embarrassed laugh. "Oh, right, I didn't tell either of you. I'm also an amateur painter. Had classes when I was a kid, picked it back up a few years ago. I even have a small atelier for my paintings."
<Mykasi> "..." Mike pauses in the middle of the room. "You were a kid? Ever?"
<Nagare> "Sometimes, I ask myself that as well. I do remember painting on canvases when I was twelve, though, so there has to be -some- sort of lingering remain."
<Mykasi> "Right. Okay, so you're not a cyborg or something. Good to have this sort of thing eliminated ahead of time." Mike mutters. "And alright, you're interested, that helps - I'd rather not have Hikari go alone to these just yet, as I'm still not sure that no one there or related is involved, and I don't know how much longer my schedule will cooperate, I've been getting busy again. If you'd be willing to go with here - presuming you're inte
<Mykasi> "I've been getting busy again. If you'd be willing to go with her - presuming you're interested after first try - so much the better."
<Nagare> "I can manage, as long as it's not conflicting with my schedule. Doubt it'd be much of a problem - the place does classes on Mondays, right? That's one of my mostly empty days."
<Nagare> "Also, the hypothesis that I am not a cyborg hasn't been entirely debunked, so I'd stay on my toes. That would make your Robotics major immediately useful, though," Nagare lets out with a snicker.
<Mykasi> "Yeah." Mike nods slightly. "Alright, good, that's a load off my bac- well if you're a cyborg so is Hikari since neither of you show any signs of a childhood, which means I'm more than slightly boned anyway. Also Theresa hasn't made any tin can jokes so I think I'm safe. Which reminds me, if you ever want to borrow the key, tell me. I'd like to keep it on me for major stuff but during downtime, whatevs."
* Nagare scratches his chin, nodding almost like a useless tic. "Really? That's good to know - sometimes, I even have the curiosity to see the Velvet Room in less busy days. Thank you, Mykasi. Tangentially, I'm pretty sure Theresa would need a fourth person in the entourage for her to start tossing tin man jokes - they don't go well without quips about a yellow brick road. But anyway"
<Mykasi> "Man, Hikari as Dorothy's just wrong. Maybe Bizarro Alice in Wonderland... which probably makes me the Red Queen. Ack, pass." Mike grins slightly. "Oh, right. One thing to toss out now. You been tracking the story 'bout Richard Bland?"
<Nagare> "I've seen the news, yes - although I haven't been following it that closely. That was the recent rape story, right?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah. American raped two friends, got arrested. They were saying he was muttering 'bad end, bad end, reload from save'... I'm willing to bet his Shadow's in control. And if it's that far gone I don't know what to do..." Mike mutters. "We may be capable, but I'm not sure we can stem the tide - only hold it back..."
* Nagare scratches his head. "This is bad news if Shadows are at work - this may well be a Shadow who's already taken over the host, which is... unsettling, to say the least. And I have a strong suspicion that we may have to quell another Shadow very soon, if the rumors I told you about are accurate."
<Mykasi> "Oh how jolly." Mike grunts. "Mine's about Valeria, put bluntly. I'll explain more when we meet up - kinda hard to convey over the phone."
* Hikari has joined #personador
<Nagare> "I figure we should share the info wealth entirely once we can meet in person, yes. Brainstorming and drawing plans of action would become easier that way."
<Mykasi> "Right. We'll meet at Dreamspeakers tomorrow, then." Mike says. "And if any further calls come my way, I shan't be answering tonight, as despite it being a school night, I will be flat on my ass drunk. Good day." And with that he hangs up abruptly.
* Nagare scratches his head. "I have to wonder what kind of teacher allows a student to take classes punch-drunk."
> (OOC: Oh New York girls, can't you dance the Scene Change~)
> Monday afternoon rolls around, and classes come to an end. The three Persona users have agreed to meet up at Dreamspeakers to take the usual class and then speak afterwards. Mike and Hikari arrive roughly at the same time, a bit before the class is supposed to start, while Nagare is a bit behind as he's navigating his way to the store for the first time.
> As they enter, only one of thier 'classmates' is already there. Dami Daidoji is sitting at the table reading something as he waits.
* Mykasi waves to the man as he goes to sit. "How are you doing today?" Overly formal, but hangovers mean careful with word Japanese English blar think good.
> Mr. Kimura nods at the two of you, "Good to see you back again." But doesn't say anything more as he prepares for the class and gets supplies ready.
> Dami looks up at Mike, "Hmm? Ah, fairly well, thank you." He doesn't inquire as to Mike's well-being, but goes back to his book.
* Hikari nods to her companions and sits at the table across from Dami, taking a look at what he's reading (and not being very subtle about it, in case it's something he feels like talking about).
* Mykasi would be offended a bit, but this is Japan, and no one really bothers anyway. Sometimes, but not often. With a mental shrug, he leans back slightly, closing his eyes.
> It appears to be some manner of psychology textbook. He looks up and raises an eyebrow for a moment as you eye his book, but doesn't say anything.
* Nagare eyes the environment carefully, as if absorbing the surroundings in order to acknowledge it as a stranger.
> Nagare finds the building after a bit. An older woman and who you would assume is her granddaughter are entering the shop right as Nagare finds a place to park.
> Inside, Mike and Hikari recognize Mrs. Watanabe and Eiko, here as usual. They find seats of thier own as the old woman greets everyone fairly formally and Eiko waves shyly.
<Hikari> "Teacher or student, if you don't mind my asking?" Hikari says to Dami.
* Mykasi waves back to Eiko with a smile, nodding and returning the greeting to Mrs. Watanabe.
* Nagare leaves the car and eyes the building, heading towards it. He's packing a couple brushes and some paint in a small case - yes, painting in a new environment could be refreshing. Although the subject matter wasn't so pleasant in this context.
> "Student, of sorts," he replies in rather soft voice without even looking up, "I'm not still in school if that's what you're asking."
<Hikari> "I suppose it's not necessary to be in school to learn," Hikari acknowledges.
> As Nagare is almost to the door, rapid footsteps behind him can be heard. A quick glance spots a...frankly bishonen is the only way to describe the young man, though 'odd' might work as well. He's got long hair died blue on the sides and bleached down the center, and wearing old faded jeans and a...good lord is that a tie-dye T-shirt?
> He gets to the door about the same time Nagare does, and stops to catch his breath as he waves, "Oh, hey. You here for the class?"
* Nagare capitulates a moment, as the sudden approach caused Nagare to break from the uncomfortable - and unflattering - awe over the bizarre boy. He does manage to at least look half-civil, though. "Ah... yes, yes I am. Are you starting classes as well?"
> He shakes his head, "Nah, I've been coming here for awhile. Anyway, name's Toshio Ito, nice to meet you." Toshio pushes open the door and walks in, pointing out everyone as he does, "That guy's the owner, Taro Kimura. The book worm is Dami Daidoji and across from him is Hikari Ishigami. That's Mrs. Watanabe and Eiko. And the dude there is Mike."
> Toshio waves at Mr. Kimura, "Hey, you've got another one. Place is picking up business, huh?"
* Hikari turns to look at the new arrivals and nods to Nagare in a manner that in no way implies familiarity.
<Mykasi> "Hey, glad you found the place." Mike nods to Dr. Suiren. Then, in explanation, "I was talking about the project and he decided it was interesting."
> Mr. Kimura heads over that way, "Oh, afternoon sir. Always nice to have someone new interested in picking up the arts. As Toshio here said, I'm the owner of the store. You can just have a seat and I'll go grab a form for you, alright?"
* Nagare scratches his head, smiling embarrassedly. "More or less, yes. I enjoy painting, and I figured it was a way to play with a hobby a bit further. Anyhow," Nagare glances to Toshio and Kimura, "thank you for the introduction, mr. Ito. Hello, I'm Suiren Nagare. And thank you, I'll make myself comfortable in this case."
> Mr. Kimura quickly retrieves a form and a pen, passing them to Nagare. It's the standard name/contact into/etc style, and also lists the price of the classes. Apparently there's no signing up in advance, you just pay by the class and come by whenever you can.
> The owner then goes around and collects payments, Dami handing him two again, with the explanation that he's covering Toshio once more.
* Nagare checks the price tag and coverage on classes. "Interesting pricing system," the teacher muses as he fills the form.
> Kimura collects Nagare's fee(it's fairly cheap) with the form once it's completed, "Well, alot of people will come in for one class or two and then never again, or not be able to make every monday, so I don't believe in charging for a month's worth of classes when someone may not stick around that long. You pay for what you get, and you get excatly what you pay for."
* Mykasi seems content to lean back and listen in, eyes still closed for the moment.
* Nagare nods calmly. "I like that philosophy. Very honest, even. Doesn't it make it difficult to keep the business going, though?"
<Hikari> "I imagine his living doesn't come from the class alone. It's more of a bonus?"
> He shakes his head, "Most of our profits come from actual sales, not the classes." He then smiles at Hikari, "Exactly. Well," he addresses everyone, "Is everyone ready?"
<Hikari> "I'm ready if everyone else is," Hikari says, looking around.
* Nagare nods. "Anytime."
* Mykasi nods silently in assent.
> Dami puts his book up and nods, while the others voice thier assent as well.
> Mr. Kimura breaks out the cardstock again and passes supplies around, "Alright, most of you can go ahead and continue from last time while I catch Mr. Suiren here up, then I'll start covering some helpful art techniques."
* Mykasi nods slightly, continuing to sketch in his concept for Moon - a picture of Logobolo, with the left side a moon shrouded in fog - and the right side a large frog over the moon and Logobolo both.
> "So right now we're working on painting our own Tarot decks. Considering that I only teach this class once a week, it won't all be done here, but I'll get you started and then you can finish whenever you like on your own time." With that, Mr. Kimura explains a bit to Nagare about the history of the Tarot, the Journey represented by the Major Arcana, and a few suggestions for themes.
* Hikari picks up where she left off, occasionally glancing around to check out how other people's themes are going.
> He also covers how to do the borders and numbers, and suggests just sketching those out while thinking of a theme as they don't change from card to card.
> Across from Hikari, Dami works on his cards. Having apparently gotten things done elsewhere as he missed a week, he's currently on the Emperor card. The image is...some manner of giant clocktower with the face of the clock morphed slightly to look like the face of an old man, watching down over the black and while cityscape.
* Nagare picks up the explanation, nodding. He decides to begin working on the sketches, trying to decide on a theme - or on a symbolic character to represent his card. The teacher begins by sketching the image of a little girl tapping her foot, shrouded by mist, and he plays with a few shading scribbles to create a few non-specific effects.
* Mykasi feels slightly embarrassed at not working in order, but without having ideas for a Hierophant earlier on, skipping around seemed the order of the day.
> Toshio is also on a further along card, this one the Lovers. It's the young man from the Fool card and the woman from the Preistess standing face to face with what is probably supposed to be a sunrise in the background.
<Hikari> "Interesting design," Hikari says, looking at the Emperor card. "I'm not familiar with the symbolism."
> Dami looks up, "Hmm? Ah, it's the idea of the Emperor, the ruler of all, having a dominating presence as a large building as well as representive of time, which is truely the final ruler of everything."
* Nagare looks at the scribble with a faint smile. "I like this one," he nods to himself, and puts a small note on top of the sketch. As he finishes that, he begins lining the shapes of an adult woman with her back turned, looking at the sky. As he finishes that sketch, he begins detailing the sky and the landscape she's in.
> Taking a glance at how quickly Nagare's work is coming out, Mrs. Watanabe smiles politely at him, "You're quite talented, Mr. Suiren. I take it that you're no stranger to the paints?"
> Her own card, also the Emperor, is a very well drawn picture of a grizzled captain gripping the wheel of an old style sailing ship.
<Hikari> "An accurate if oppressive outlook, I suppose," Hikari acknowledges.
* Nagare glances up, his eyes faintly shining. He seemed quite absorbed in the work, and the enjoyment can be seen through even now. "I do enjoy the craft, yes. I had classes when I was a child, and a few years back, I picked painting back up as a hobby. It's quite a soothing habit, if somewhat intense at times."
> Dami looks at Hikari oddly for a moment, then goes back to his drawing.
<Nagare> "Yours also looks quite well done, by the way. Very strong traces."
* Mykasi remains quiet, looking over designs while putting the sketch of Moon aside to work on the concept for Hierophant - a masked man hiding behind a tree that dominates the picture.
* Hikari sketches out her own Emperor, the Norse god Odin. She's not by any means an artist, but at least the figure is recognizable as human.
> The old woman laughs a bit and nods modestly at the praise, "When you've been married to the owner of an art gallery for fifty years, you learn a thing or two about art."
* Nagare smiles, nodding. "It certainly shows - I'd love to have a grip this precise. Who is the person in this drawing, by the way?"
> She gazes a bit at the card, "The captain my father served under for the longest time. He worked on a boat for almost all his life, and served a few captains in his day. But he always swore this man was the best sailor on the sea, in this country or any other."
* Nagare nods. "I can only imagine your father wouldn't say that lightly. There's something about this picture that seems to just say there's a certain air of majestic dignity to him."
> Mrs. Watanabe smiles, then Mr. Kimura does his teaching thing. He covers...well, frankly nothing Nagare didn't already know. This is pretty basic painting techniques, though the bits about the Tarot he tosses in are interesting.
> After awhile of teaching and painting, the class wraps up.
> Toshio scoops up his bag and looks over at Dami before heading for the door, "You coming by tomorrow?"
* Mykasi stands up, stretching and rubbing his head wearily.
> Dami shakes his head, "Not for this week. Lots of meetings in preperation for company higher ups coming by. This means most of us get to give up our lunch breaks."
> Toshio shrugs, "You need to get out of the office bitchry routine. Well, see you around then." Nodding a quick goodbye to everyone else, the weird guy takes off.
* Hikari packs up her things, doing her best to not be obvious about listening in on someone else's conversation.
> Mrs. Watanabe openly glares at Toshio as he uses such language, and makes a 'hmph!' sound.
* Nagare packs up as well, making sure to keep the drawings well guarded. He figures he could actually work those card drawings into actual paintings once they were done.
> (Roll mind, Hikari)
* Mykasi glances to Nagare, interested in hearing his thoughts on the class.
<Hikari> roll 2d8 ?!?
* Hatbot --> "Hikari rolls 2d8 ?!? and gets 8."12 [2d8=7, 1]
> roll 2d8
* Hatbot --> "Gatewalker rolls 2d8 and gets 4."12 [2d8=2, 2]
> As Hikari starts to look away from her evesdrop of opportunity, she makes eye contact with Dami who quite clearly caught you. He raises an eyebrow, but doesn't say anything, merely going back to putting things in his breifcase in preperation to leave.
* Hikari has the decency to look abashed, at least, though she doesn't say anything.
* Nagare picks up Mykasi's glance and heads to him. "That was pleasant."
<Mykasi> "Glad you enjoyed." Mike nods slightly. "I'm heading to the Dragon's Jug - care to join me?"
<Nagare> "Certainly. We should give the heads up to Hikari as well."
<Mykasi> "Ah, yes. Hikari, interested?" Mike turns to Hikari. "We were just going to head down to the Dragon's Jug." The look Mike gives Hikari is pointed.
* Hikari approaches Mike as the group disperses. "Oh, sure," she says, not really knowing what that is, but surely something of import is to be said there?
<Mykasi> "Right. I'll meet you guys down there - it's not too far, so I'm just gonna jog it." Mike nods, thanking Mr. Kimura before heading out.
* Hikari nods and heads out on her own.
* Nagare heads to his car as well. Having wheels does make one lazy.
> And the three all head to the Dragon's Jug. It's fairly close to Dreamspeakers, only a few blocks away actually. The bar is clean, brightly lit and open even in the daytime. The decor is done in bold vermillion and gold, and a small ceramic statue of a drunken dragon holding a jug of sake greets everyone who enters.
> The place is fairly well known in town for having the largest selection of sake brands and types of anywhere local.
> The bartender actually waves at Mike as if he knows him already, when he enters.
* Nagare scratches his head. "I now see why this place is called the Dragon's Jug."
* Mykasi waves back, heading to his usual corner and leading the group in.
* Hikari follows along, trusting Mike to pick an isolated table where they can speak in peace without anyone listening in.
* Mykasi leads the group to the corner booth, before looking to Hikari and Nagare. "Water for you two, or anything else?"
* Hikari hesitates. "I could have something stronger. Just one, though. I don't drink very often."
<Mykasi> "Any preference?" Mike asks, glancing to Hikari.
<Nagare> "If not for having to drive back home, I'd have some sake myself. As is, water, yes. I'd very much like an ashtray too, though."
<Hikari> "Not really. Pick something good."
<Mykasi> "Gotcha." Mike heads over to the bar and orders the drinks and alcohol, which he carries back on a tray - three cups of water, two glasses and a bottle of Cannon Over Hideyoshi's Castle Sake.
* Mykasi also brings the ashtray, albiet reluctantly.
* Hikari takes a sip, experimentally. "Has anyone heard anything of note over the weekend?" she starts.
* Mykasi looks to Dr. Suiren first, drinking from the water for the time being.
> The sake is good. Doesn't seem very strong, but it creeps up on you.
* Nagare raises his hand. "The teacher's lounge has been quite busy these last few days. There have been many rumors flying about the dean's wife, who seems to be finally going cloudcuckoolander."
<Mykasi> "You know anything more about her or her condition?" Mike asks bluntly.
<Hikari> "'Finally?' Was this expected?"
<Nagare> "Well, she has been enduring some sort of incurable sickness for some time, which already put a few questions into her sanity - the teachers can be quite venomous there. But lately, it seems she's been making massive shopping sprees on groceries, pharmacies and even some really strange new-age junk, and she's said to have been talking about some immortality elixir. It's harpy heaven material, to say the least."
<Mykasi> "Right. Any easy way to meet her? Likely through you. If there's a social gathering or school teacher party or something soon, attend and observe her condition." Mike notes. "Hikari, you heard anything?"
* Hikari considers this. "It could be shadow influence. They do have a tendency to emphasize existing concerns to absurd extremes.." In response to Mike: "Nothing I'd consider reliable. There's gossip about a handsome stranger appearing around campus at odd hours. Yet despite apparently being attractive, no one can provide a concrete description. It sounds like schoolgirl chatter to me. I suppose it IS a concern if some sort
<Hikari>  I suppose it IS a concern if some sort of criminal is stalking the student body, but I don't see how we could check on it ourselves outside of simply waiting around at three in the morning and hoping for the best."
<Mykasi> "...right. Still something to keep in mind." Mike nods slightly. "Anything else?"
<Nagare> "Well, besides Richard Blank's case, which we probably should also keep an eye on, I have nothing else as of now."
* Mykasi nods slightly. "If an opportunity presents itself to visit either of them, we should do so. I presume you heard, Hikari?"
* Hikari wrinkles her nose in distaste. "Yes. I suppose such crimes happen under normal circumstances as well, but given recent trends I think we should consider any sudden change in personality a possible shadow situation. I don't know how we would reach him at the police station, however."
<Mykasi> "Yeah. Let's just keep eyes and ears open, and look into any possible avenues." Mike nods, eyes downcast for a moment... before pulling out a folded piece of paper. "Valeria's name is on here. Aside from hers, please tell me if you can identify any of the rest of them."
> There are nearly twenty other names on the list. Most of the japanese, but some not. And none of you recognize any of the others.
* Hikari glances at the list. "Where did you find this?"
<Mykasi> "Online." Mike replies quietly. "With the heading, 'May Their Sacrifice Save Us All'."
<Hikari> A stern frown is the only possible response to this. "Do you have any way of knowing where it came from? who created the list? This is the first thing we've seen since Val's disappearance that even suggests someone other than us knows of her existence."
<Mykasi> "Precisely my issue. This has to come from another Persona user, or someone else immune to the pattern spiders." Mike nods. "The web site manager is 'Endless Administrator', which gives no leads. Where, no clue, it's proxied."
<Hikari> "Which means you can't trace it," Hikari assumes, not being well-versed in the arcane mysteries of computers and networks. "And following up on these other names will surely provide us with no help given that, if they suffered the same mysterious fate as Val, there will be no other record of them." She sounds frustrated.
<Mykasi> "Yep." Mike looks grim. "There's... I might be able to get into contact with him, but it... uh..." He looks to Dr. Suiren, clearly quite uncomfortable.
* Nagare eyes Mykasi, grimacing a bit. "Yes?"
<Mykasi> "Uh. I... in order to try and even get in contact with him - as I've no better way to do it - I would... be embarking in somewhat ... uh, non-approved territory." Mike looks away at this point.
* Nagare bites lips. "And that'd be far more problematic than just looking at the school's files for a quick address search, it seems."
<Hikari> "It's an important lead, but I wouldn't want to ask you to do anything that would get you into legal trouble, Mike."
<Mykasi> "Just a tad." Mike nods slightly. "However, with no route to know who hosts it, nor any contact information for him..." Mike exhales. "I'm careful, and I cover my tracks. And if this isn't on a major IP it'll likely go uncommented on, it's only the big dogs that raise their ears. It's still not safe by any means." (More)
<Mykasi> "My plan's simple - enter the code for the web site itself and add a commented-out line addressing this Endless Administrator and requesting he contact me, apologizing for the intrusion on his connection. The only people that could report me is the IP owner - the owner of that internet website subset - or the web site owner - and I'm not vandalizing, just trying to contact him via the one method left to me."
<Nagare> "And that would probably paint a big sign on you for a target to be erased like everybody else, it looks like. I'm pretty sure trying that kind of contact would be fantastically risky even if we dodged all legal trouble."
<Mykasi> "...we don't know what's going on. At all. I'd argue we need to take the risk and try to contact this person - they may very well be an ally." Mike stops for a moment, before choking out, "...or they're likely an enemy, since who else would know the list of targets?"
<Hikari> "I don't know, Professor. If Mike thinks it's worth the risk then I would say do it. Something about this entire affair is profoundly wrong, and the sooner we can discover what it's all about the better."
<Mykasi> "Shit, I completely missed that line of thought, and... if they know who has been taken... I can't think of a way anyone would know unless they were involved somehow. Shit, shit, shit." Mike shakes his head. "So glad I didn't do anything last night..."
<Nagare> "My main issue is that I think he wouldn't get any sort of answer at all. The administrator, whatever it is, has no objective reason to give us an answer via communication. If it saw a threat, given how it seemingly has the power to erase people from reality completely, its answer most likely would be untracing Mykasi's very fabric of existence."
<Nagare> "To say the very least."
<Hikari> "Knowledge doesn't necessarily imply villainy, Mike. We know, after all. But that line about sacrifices is very ominous. I want to know who this is and I want to stop them. Your point about the threat they pose to us directly should they take an interest in is is valid, however. I'd suggest we monitor the page in question, at least."
<Mykasi> "I was operating initially under the assumption that the one who targeted Valeria and the one who made the website were not one and the same." Mike elaborates. "And thus contact would be with another Persona user. Now, however... And Hikari, we know now. But how would someone know what names to add to the list?"
<Hikari> "That is a concern, yes."
<Mykasi> "Yeah. I'll monitor the page and continue to dig at finding more out about it." Mike shakes his head. "I've got nothing else outside of that."
<Nagare> "We should at least crosscheck what we've been finding with this info. Actually... this list might be worth showing to Igor and Theresa."
<Hikari> "I am not sure what they could say aside from confirming that all on the list suffered the same fate as Val. Though I admit prodding Theresa in the hope that she'll let slip useful information often proves fruitful."
<Mykasi> "Yeah. We can go do that... well, at some point." Mike eyes the drink longingly. "Yeah, it does."
<Nagare> "We sorta have to scrape just any corner we can reach at this point," Nagare says as he lights a cigarette.
<Hikari> "So in sum, I suppose Nagare can pursue information about the dean's wife, Mike can work at the webpage, and I can monitor the rumors on campus for anything about that stranger. All of us keeping an eye on the situation with Bland, of course."
<Nagare> "That's an elegant course of action."
* Mykasi nods slightly. "Yeah. Actually, Professor, since you brought it up..." Handing the Velvet Key and the paper over. "Wanna go talk to them about it? You can report back, and we can follow Hikari's summary from there."
* Nagare looks at the Key, slightly srprised. "... um... sure, I can. I'll be sure to bring back any relevant news, in this case."
<Mykasi> "Right." Mike nods. "In that case, I think I'm going to start drinking."
* Nagare raises an eyebrow. "Trying to drive away the knurds, seemingly."
<Mykasi> "I am currently very knurd. And the only solution is to reverse the knurd situation and get goddamn drunk." Mike mutters.
* Hikari finishes her drink. "And I'm going to stop. I shouldn't have any more if I'm driving myself back to campus. Mike...are you going to be alright on your own here? If you need help getting back to campus when you're done..."
<Mykasi> "I'm fine. Done it before." Mike shakes his head, pouring himself a mug. "You guys get back home. Drive safe, okay?"
* Hikari stands up. "Very well. I suppose Nagare can fill us in once he's spoken with Igor and Theresa. Until then?"
<Mykasi> "Until then."
<Nagare> "Certainly. Don't abuse your liver, Mykasi."
<Mykasi> "Too late. If these escapades don't erase me I expect to have a busted liver or alcoholism by the time I'm twenty-six." Mike mutters.
<Nagare> "It is your life. Stay safe, Mykasi," Nagare says as he heads out.
> -------------------------------------------------------

[VySaika]

> -----------------------------------------------------------------
> Tuesday evening, after all classes have ended. Mike, Nagare and Hikari have all met up at the appropriately named "Yusao's Ramen", being the near-by ramen shop owned by a man named Yusao. It's a fairly small place, but decently good and quite cheap, meaning it's pretty popular with the college kids in general. You're a bit ahead of the usual dinner rush though, so it's not all that crowded.
> As you get settled in to a table, the waitress comes by to take your orders.
<Mykasi> "Spicy Mega Beef Bowl, no MSG please!" Mike chirps to the waitress with a smile.
<Hikari> Hikari gets right to business as soon as the waitress has gone again. "I learned nothing of relevance to our investigation over the weekend." She looks at the other two. "Do either of you have anything new?"
* Nagare glances at both Hikari and Mike, taking the list out of his pocket. "I brought Theresa the list. Sadly, all the info she had about it given the level of detail I had is that none of the people of the list are Persona users. She did tell me that Mykasi should contact her about the list, though."
<Mykasi> "Okay." Mike nods, taking the list back and checking it quickly for Pattern Spider influence. One can't be too careful when there's reality-eating shit around, anyway. "The web site... flickers, on that note. Often changing location, position, occasionally going down at times. Which is explainable by two things - one, it's under attack - possibly by spiders. The other, they're deliberately trying to make it hard to find or track."
<Hikari> "If they wished to make it hard to find, why make it in the first place?"
<Nagare> "You never know. People don't really work all that logically. On the other hand, they may be willing to make this kind of thing findable - only not gratuitously. Like a challenge of sorts."
<Mykasi> "That's... there's a thing about the sort of community where someone would do something like that... as a test, so to speak. In other words, if that's the case, they're taunting us with it - as part of a puzzle." Mike flicks chopsticks between his hands idly as he waits. "Doesn't necessaraily mean antagonistic, but after thinking it through I'm still hesitant to trust them."
<Hikari> "But if they were posing a challenge, it still stands to reason that they want to be found. I agree that we can't know whether they're trustworthy, but whoever this is has information we need."
<Nagare> "Regardless of their intentions with this - honestly, the whole ordeal seems to follow a kind of logic that just plain doesn't make sense - you are right. They know things we desperately need to know ourselves."
<Mykasi> "They want to challenge the person. Whether or not they want to be found is unknown." Mike shakes his head. "That is, presuming he's of a similar mindset to me." Mike says, before pausing. "...hum. Brute-force, but it might work..."
<Hikari> "You have an idea?"
<Mykasi> "Well, presuming we don't want me to try and directly, uh, contact via cracking the web site code, there's another option for more info." Mike nods slightly. "This is the internet era - basic information, bios, data from a person is almost always online. School newspapers, company newsletters, etc.." A pause. "I learned from earlier, uh, operations that the spiders delete memory - but they don't patch the space."
<Hikari> I'm not entirely sure what that means. Were we to look up, say, a magazine article that mentioned one of these disappeared persons, there would simply be a blank where their name should be?"
<Mykasi> "I can brute force search for such gaps in public info and try to connect some dots that way." Mike finishes, looking for a TV in the restaraunt. "It's worth a shot, at least, and lets us know who and where has been affected." To Hikari, "Data-wise, precisely. Not sure how it works on print at this point." A pause. "This doesn't get us closer to contacting our mysterious web site Endless Admin, but it's worth a shot."
<Nagare> "It at least sheds some light on the nature of these disappearances, and may let us track a few of them down. It's an idea worth considering."
<Hikari> "If we can find some kind of pattern to the lives or circumstances of those who disappeared, it's certainly worth a try."
<Mykasi> "Right. I'll set that up - it's entirely on the up and up, too, so it'll be no hassle. I'll continue preparations for an eventual contact, too, if this doesn't get anywhere." Mike nods, eyeing the list. "That's all on my end."
> The waitress comes back with your food, "Here you go. And be careful, when the cook here says spicy, he really means it."
<Mykasi> "Thanks!" Mike nods happily. "And okay. Will be careful, but it smells great~"
* Nagare picks up his dish, carefully picking the noodles. "When eating ramen is a risky business, you know it's a good brand."
<Mykasi> "Pretty much!" Mike nods, popping a piece of beef into his mouth and testing it.
* Hikari nods to Mike. "Is this something I could help with at all? I have no real expertise with computers, but I feel I should be doing something."
> It's...hot. Really hot. But not more then Mike's spice tolerance. Juuuuust barely starting to push it, though.
* Mykasi muses. "Actually, you mind some library work? You could flip through magazines and newspapers, or old newspaper stacks. If they've got their names in there anywhere, there's likely a gap - and if there was a story about them that entire thing might be stricken. I don't know how this works, and it really is drudge work-y, but..." Mike glances to Nagare after a moment.
* Hikari shrugs. "Anything I could do to help would be better than nothing."
<Mykasi> "Actually, being a law professor, you've got access to databases I wouldn't by default. Might ask you to run a quick program on your comp - again, this is entirely legal. It's like what you'd do to, say, search for references to a case or a ruling."
<Mykasi> And without getting or giving a response, Mike digs into the ramen with eagerness.
* Nagare eats the ramen carefully, working through the noodles and the heavy spice as if he had his share of unfortunate noodle incidents during youth.
* Nagare then realizes he's been addressed, and stops. "What kind of allowance are we talking here, Mykasi?"
<Mykasi> After about ten seconds of digging into and slurping up ramen, Mike looks up. "It would simply access whichever legal archives the university gives you free access to, and shuffle through them for those gaps."
<Nagare> "Hmmm. That would be harmless enough. I can watch you over that, although keep in mind the university would not be happy if they somehow knew I let a student see those archives. Also, it may be tempting to go an extra mile during research, to which I will promptly say 'don't'."
<Hikari> "I imagine Mike can control himself when he needs to."
<Mykasi> "Put bluntly, the extent of what I will ask you to do that could be questionable is the student lookup." Mike responds honestly, hands over his rice bowl for a moment. "I will incur any other risks myself, and will not put either of you two into legal danger if I can avoid it. Hell, I plan on avoiding it entirely myself, but."
* Nagare frowns slightly. "I know, but I honestly very much distrust the idea of hacking as a safe, legal-friendly activity. People easily kneejerk it in a head over heels manner, and exposition is the last thing we need."
<Mykasi> "This isn't hacking." Mike rebuts. "This is just searching for information via legal methods. I'm streamlining the process by using the program to search instead of doing it by hand, but programs do not equal illegal by any stretch of the means."
* Nagare nods. "I know, I know. I just suspect many of the people I'd have to respond to in case they found out about anything actually -don't-, and that's exposure we don't need. I'm just emphasizing you need to tread very carefully."
<Mykasi> "If I wanted hacking I'd just get around all the database pay-for-search restrictions myself and then use the program; the former constitutes hacking. The latter constitutes legal search methods. Hell, you can keep the program - it should help you search for case precedents and whatnot without having to dig through tiresome stacks of info." A pause, before Mike gets a slight grin. "Actually..."
<Mykasi> "You know, we haven't established why precisely we know each other, and it'd be awkward normally. This provides a decent cover." Mike's grin gets a bit wider. "I'm providing you with a program for fast and parallel database searches that'll allow you to streamline your work process. Hikari can be the one who introduced us, knowing you from somewhere and having classes with me."
* Nagare grins. "That's fairly clever, yes. And honestly, as it stands, I may even take advantage of it to make use of that. Never know when they can come in handy, and I'm dreading having to work through my old legal archive as is."
<Mykasi> "Indeed. Okay, I'll meet you guys at your office? I'm gonna head back quickly, compile the program, and bring it over. Make a sleazy user interface, I can pretty it up later..." By this point Mike is half talking to himself, half quickly gulping down ramen.
* Nagare scratches his head, nodding awkwardly. "Sure. I'll... just have the leftover ramen packed for later consumption, then I'll head to the office," he finishes, getting up with about half a bowl of ramen still to be eaten.
<Mykasi> "Take your time this is an interesting problem you've got multiple variables to solve for even in a basic program like this..." Mike mutters, finishing up, putting enough money on the table to cover all three meals, and heading out the door pretty much as fast as he can.
* Hikari heads out to the library once the meal is finished. It's not likely she can help a whole lot in getting Mike's program set up, so she may as well help where she can. And if she can run into anyone who might know more about any of the strange rumors floating around, even better.
<Nagare> "I don't think he realized that I just like leftover ramen to eat at the office. Oh well," the teacher says as he prepares the bowl and goes to his workplace once again.
> You all head back to campus your seperate ways. It's pretty much right down the street, so it's not a big problem.
> M: Mike gets back to his room in a hurry and hops on his comp. Kyo waves absently at you as he's working on his own stuff, then goes back to ignoring you in favor of his homework.
* Mykasi waves distractedly, before rolling into his seat and beginning to press buttons furiously!
> OOC: Roll that computer check to make the program and see if you can make it do what you want it to
<Mykasi> roll 2d8 inspiredmike is inspired?
* Hatbot --> "Mykasi rolls 2d8 inspiredmike is inspired? and gets 6."12 [2d8=5, 1]
> Within a couple hours of furious typing, you have thr program. It's...well, it's rough, but you think it will do what you want. You hope.
> H: Hikari heads to the library. On her way, she passes at least one group of randomly gossiping students as well as a campus security officer, if she's interested in asking people for information.
<Hikari> It's not really like Hikari to openly ask people for gossip. If, however, she happens to just, you know, overhear something interesting while passing the other students, she may stop and talk. Depends on what they're gossiping about! Otherwise she'll try the security officer.
> They're gossiping about the guy who got arrested, Richard Bland. It's a group of two guys and three girls, the girls are scared of the idea of a guy just turning around and raping people who thought he was thier freind, while the guys are insisting that this is why forigners, especially Americans, suck. They're just all assholes who are coming to japan to try and get japanese girls. And when the girls have better taste, they do shit like this.
> And when the girls have better taste, they do shit like this.
<Hikari> Right, this isn't a conversation Hikari needs to take part in. She approaches the officer instead. "Excuse me?" she says politely.
> The uniformed woman smiles in a polite and proffesional manner as you approach, "Can I help you?"
<Hikari> "I was wondering if there was any truth to the rumors I've been hearing about a strange man lurking around campus late at night. I'm sorry to bother you with gossip, but it is a matter of personal safety if it's true. Should I be home before a certain time? Is there anywhere I should avoid?"
> She sighs a bit, "I'll be honest with you, yes there is someone lurking around. One of the other officers saw him, but he ran and my collegue couldn't catch him. He hasn't made any aggressive moves yes, aside from refusing to be questioned, so I'm afraid I can't tell you much more then that."(more)
> "I'd suggest just making sure that you're inside before dark, and if you have to be out, travel in a group of at least three. Also," she smiles again for a moment, "I generally advise any young woman your age to carry some pepper spray or something else along those lines. But nothing illegal, of course."
* Hikari nods seriously. "Thank you, officer. I'll make sure not to be out late until this matter is resolved." She continues on her way to the library.
> Hikari reaches the library. Yukina Ijikimodo is in there, reading a magazine at the checkout counter as usual. She looks up when you enter and waves, "Hey...Ishigami, right?"
* Hikari nods. "Yes, good afternoon."
> Then she looks confused, "You know, I have no idea why I just waved at you like I know you. I mean, I know we've spoken once or twice, but it's not like I had anything to tell you..."
> She shakes her head to clear it, "Uh, sorry about that. Guess I'm just in a really freindly mood right now or something."
* Hikari is actually at a loss for what to say and eventually settles for an awkward, "Well, there's nothing wrong with that. The world would be a better place if everyone was a little friendlier to each other."
> She shrugs, "Well...sure, guess you've got a point there. So, uh, are you here looking for anything in particular?" She puts down the magazine and swivles her chair over to the keyboard...
<Hikari> "Oh, just old newspapers and magazines, mostly. I have some research to do."
> "Oh, sure. Like...how old are we talking here? We have stuff for the last couple months over on those racks by the chairs, but anything older I'll have to pull out of the back."
<Hikari> "Well, I can start with the more recent ones. If I don't find what I'm looking for, I'll let you know."
> She nods, and goes back to reading her magazine.
* Hikari walks away towards the racks, trying to shake the uncomfortable sensation that Ijikimodo is seeing her in a bikini wherever she goes.
> OOC: Mind check, as you sort through for anything suspiciously missing?
<Hikari> roll 2d8
* Hatbot --> "Hikari rolls 2d8 and gets 4."12 [2d8=3, 1]
> Hikari sorts through newspapers, until she finds one...that has one particular story cut out of it physically. Both the bit on the front, and the stuff that was on the 'continued on page x' page. This isn't really noteworthy until she finds a second copy of the same newspaper with the exact same damage.
* Hikari frowns and walks the newspapers over to the desk. "Excuse me, Ijikimodo, but someone has defaced these newspapers. Would you know where I could find an intact copy?"
> She eyes the damage, "Oh come on, this is college, people should know better here. Good greif." She checks the date, "Uh, sorry, this is too recent for us to have a copy in the back yet. You could always try looking for the missing story on the newspaper's website?"
<Hikari> "I suppose I'll have to. Is there a computer here that I could use?"
> She points over at a computer station, "You can use your student ID to log in and print it out here if you want, yeah."
* Hikari nods and does so, reminding herself as she walks away that, no, there really aren't feathers anywhere on her wardrobe this time and she should stop worrying.
> Hikari searches! She knows the newspaper's name, she knows the exact date, so it's not hard to find.
> Of course, the page for that particular story happens to be down.
<Hikari> Shocking. Well, she jots down the date, newspaper, page, all that jazz. She can show all this to the others later.
> What you know from this: The story ran in early October, and it ran in a local paper, the Kanazawa Bulletin.
* Hikari will attempt to find other sources of old newspapers later, though she rather expects to find the same articles clipped out wherever she goes.
> And a bit later, the three meet back up in Nagare's office.
* Mykasi has the program in hand, a slightly pensive look. "This is just a baseline design, but it should catch anything glaringly obvious. Shall we give it a run?"
* Nagare raises an eyebrow, sitting in his chair. "You don't seem terribly confident on it. Anything I need to know before giving it a whirl?"
<Mykasi> "Not really? It's just... well, there's only so much I can cover in two hours. Sitting down to put in more intricate search and filter mechanisms will take much longer, but it's the sort of thing I should do for the purposes of a formal project anyway." Mike shakes his head. "It doesn't blow up computers, though, if that's your concern."
<Nagare> "That would honestly be one of the simplest things to happen to a computer in the case of a terribly botched program. But nevermind that. May as well try it out."
<Hikari> "As long as it finds something. Even a more efficient method of finding nothing would be an improvement over aimless searching."
<Nagare> "The irony is that we may be well searching for nothing, given the circumstances," Nagare mumbles grimly.
* Mykasi gives the professor a slightly dirty look, before nodding to Hikari. "Right. And it's something I can refine as time goes on. Right now it can't even search PDFs which will be critical, since full journals are almost always stored in that form. But anyway." With that he plops down, ignoring Nagare's comment for the moment, and begins the search program!
> The program runs. But after a bit, as predicted, it comes up empty handed. There are gaps of the approrpiate lengths in some places, but upon checking they're all easily explained by something else.
<Hikari> "Well, I found whole articles conspicuously absent from newspapers, physically removed. When I looked up the same online, the page was down. I suspect we won't find specific missing words, but entirely missing articles. Which I suspect helps us little."
<Mykasi> "Kch." Mike muses, frowning. "Alright. Will need to expand search definition, re-focus on what I'm doing... geh. There's a lot of work to figure out here, but the program works at finding stuff, at lea-" Mike falls silent, glancing to Hikari. "... actually... that..." Mike pauses. "...if entire articles are down, then the links are inactive. If links are inactive, having the program test each link to make sure it's active..."
<Nagare> "That would be a simple start, I guess."
* Mykasi quickly opens up the program and slides in a few lines. "Mind if I try running it again? It'll run a bit slower - while it's not searching for empty bits, so to speak, it still has to check and see if reference links are down. This is, again, something the program should do in the first place so it doesn't pop up useless info. I don't know quite if this impromptu solution will work, but..."
> OOC: try that comp check again
<Mykasi> roll 2d8 Hikari, inspirational muse for Mike?!
* Hatbot --> "Mykasi rolls 2d8 Hikari, inspirational muse for Mike?! and gets 14."12 [2d8=7, 7]
> The program crashes.
> Didn't take the comp with it, but it's going to take more extensive work to make it work more smoothly(and fully as intended).
<Mykasi> "Fuck. That'll need fine-tuning for sure. Alright, we'll try this again at a later point, but thanks for bringing that to my attention, Hikari." Mike says, copying the error message to his thumb drive and popping it out.
<Hikari> "It's a start. If this is something that can be fine-tuned later, this was still worth the time."
<Mykasi> "Definitely is. My code was just a simple two line thingy - the program probably crashed due to entirely too much data coming in or just a rotten loop." Mike nods. "Will work on it in my copious free time. What info do you have on that article other than its absence?"
<Hikari> "It ran in the Kanazawa Bulletin in October. Given the article's absence, there wasn't much more I could tell. But it was physically removed from two separate copies of the same paper."
<Hikari> "I should note that the cuts proceeded along the exact same lines. A machine could have done it rather than a person, for all appearances."
<Nagare> "Physically? I have to wonder if the spiders' work is that pervasive or if they're actually receiving a little hand from outsiders there."
<Hikari> "I have no way of knowing. If a human did this, they were bvery meticulous."
<Mykasi> "Yeah, definitely seems like a case of what we're looking for." Mike says. "Okay. I'm going to contact Theresa later about the list, but a project I'm going to start up is an effective list of victims, cured victims, timings for both, and potential future problems. If either of you two want to work on compiling any and all info we've got on this, it would be greatly appreciated." A pause.
<Mykasi> "Handwritten's probably best." Mike pulls out the piece of paper again. "They seem to grab computer info faster than written info, but.." After a moment, he checks the list again just to make sure names haven't unraveled from it or something.
> the list is still there, just as you left it
<Hikari> "Whatever I can do to contribute, I will."
<Nagare> "Will make sure to help as well. If we're looking at old news or cases, maybe even looking at my files could bring up something unexpected."
<Mykasi> "Alright. Just... list whatever pertinent info you can about who and what we know. We, the twins, and Mika would fall under cured; anyone else, including Val, would be victims. Do digging on anyone else that's seemed to go mad, too - that might help. We need more solid info." To Nagare, a nod. "Look up cases of mentally ill people, follow them up. Same for any case that had any notably bizarre behavior involved."
<Nagare> "Will do. In any case, I should have enough material to look it up. Wonder if there are people -outside- that list who suffered that fate, though."
<Hikari> "Mika and the twins were cured through outside interference, though--ours. I think there's an important distinction between those of us who...came to terms with our shadows, I suppose...and those who succumbed only to be freed by us."
<Nagare> "Definitely. But then, how to address that gap?"
* Mykasi pauses, nodding to both Nagare and Hikari, before sheepishly looking away. "...sorry. I'm just getting overwhelmed, and I want to figure this out. I've been bossing you guys around a lot, and... I don't mean to? As odd as that may sound, I just... well, at first this was a serious lark, but then... well, Val. And now..." A pause, before shaking his head.
* Hikari shrugs. "You're just motivated. There's nothing wrong with that, as long as you don't drive yourself insane with worry."
<Mykasi> "Yeah, sort those into two sub-categories; self-healing and influenced healing, I guess. And probably, Professor, but we don't have any leads on those yet. And I'm not sure how to get those leads."
<Mykasi> An embarrassed look to Hikari. "I know, but... bleh. I'm not any better at most of this than you guys, I'm just trying like crazy to apply myself to it. It... well, never mind." Mike shakes his head.
<Nagare> "You probably need to take this at a less maddening pace. That kind of manic diving can lead people into a bottomless well," Nagare says sternly, not entirely detached at this point. Almost as if he had experienced the metaphoric well.
<Hikari> "Just remember that you're not doing this on your own, alright?"
<Mykasi> An exhalation. "I know. I... I know, but... ...I've got my reasons. I'll slow down, but I'm hardly letting up."
<Hikari> "No one's asking you too. We're just asking you not to kill yourself. There are already enough robots and dinosaurs lined up for that."
<Hikari> *you to
<Nagare> "Yes. We don't need to sabotage ourselves, here."
<Mykasi> "Heh." Mike shakes his head. "Fair point. And god, if we have to get into Richard Bland's head, I will be very, very sad, based on what little we know."
* Hikari nods slowly. "It may be necessary," she says with a stony expression. "We may soon be yearning for juvenily dreams once again."
<Mykasi> "This being said if I'm not eaten by demonic flying alien fetuses this hasn't been worth it." he muses as an off note.
<Hikari> *juvenile
<Nagare> "If we get tossed into a sci-fi geek's Dream, you will be the first to rue those words, Mykasi," the teacher says half-jokingly.
<Mykasi> "We already did, and he thought he knew more than me." Mike muttered, giving Nagare another slightly dirty look.
<Hikari> "In the meantime, I heard a little more about the rumored stranger showing up around campus. The security staff did apparently chase a man away from the school, so it seems there's some truth to the rumor. I know nothing to indicate it's related to the shadow problem, though."
<Nagare> "Leads are leads, honestly. If the suspect is roaming campus, this is more than reason enough for us to raise our radars."
<Mykasi> "Mmm. Probably not, but... it doesn't hurt to keep an ear low on those rumors, as well as everything else. And I honestly hope the Richard Bland stuff either resolves soon, we get to go in there so I can beat him up, or people get distracted by something good. Like kittens. And yeah, what the Professor said."
* Hikari nods. "I can't think of any way to investigate this directly save for waiting around ourselves and confronting this individual when he appears."
<Mykasi> "Pretty much, at least not yet." Mike shrugs.
<Nagare> "The rumors are bound to get louder. And if it happens again - which I honestly think isn't unreasonable to assume - we're bound to catch a few more news about this. Bad news spread fast."
<Mykasi> "...yeah." Mike shrugs, glancing away a moment. "Honestly, it feels like we're on the edge of an avalanche, is why I'm so worried. Incidents are beginning to pick up... geh. OH!" Mike snaps his fingers. "Dean's wife! Hate to ask you two to turn the rumor mills more, but try and find out somewhere she goes for therapy - she sounds new agey, so a spa or a massage parlor or something. We want to try and get to her, if we can, and see if w
<Mykasi> "She sounds new agey, so a spa or a massage parlor or something. We want to try and get to her, if we can, and see if we can help."
<Nagare> "Will do. In all the excitement, I almost forgot we had a near-guaranteed Shadow lurking in our wake. I'll try to pick up more rumors from the teachers and keep you up to date."
<Mykasi> "Thanks." Mike nods, glancing to Hikari. "Keep your ears open, alright? I'm honestly gonna just try and keep a low profile for a bit, myself."
<Hikari> "It does seem a likely possibility. And if all other leads fail, I do propose trying to confront this stranger ourselves. It should be only a matter of time and patience, should we decide to do so."
* Mykasi nods to Hikari.
> And everyone goes thier seperate ways to sleep for teh evening
> (OOC: Take...these broken Scenes~ And learn to fly again and learn to Change so free~)
> Wednesday morning, bright and early. Mike's alarm has caused Kyo to grumble incoherently again, but he kills it quick, takes a morning shower, grabs some miso and heads to the track field.
> By the time he gets there, Shiro and Oda are already around, as is another guy. Shiro nods to you, "Hey, good to see you made it. Go ahead and stretch, we dont' start running for a bit yet."
<Mykasi> "'kay." Mike nods a bit, already a touch warmed up from getting here - but that doesn't stop stretching and in-place jogging to ward off the cold.
> OOC: Mike's also a bit out of it, so Mind check.
<Mykasi> roll 2d8 hey. I don't always Mind, you know, making these checks, but sometimes...!
* Hatbot --> "Mykasi rolls 2d8 hey. I don't always Mind, you know, making these checks, but sometimes...! and gets 2."12 [2d8=1, 1]
> In all the times Mike's seen him around campus, despite his usual flurry of activity and rushing to and fro, he's never seen Shiro look tired. Right now, the guy's got bags under his eyes and he's blinking alot. ...and so is Oda, for that matter. The latter actively yawns a moment after Mike makes this observation. Sure it's early, but...aren't those two used to this by now?
* Mykasi blinks and jogs in place next to Oda, keeping his voice kinda low as Shiro and the other guy are off to the side, hopefully. "You two okay? Looks like you were both up -really- late..."
> Shiro blinks, "Huh? Oh, yeah. I was out late. DOn't worry about it, not the first time I've run practice on just a couple hours sleep."
<Mykasi> "Right." A glance to Oda, before jogging over to him. "You doing okay, too, man?"
> Oda shrugs, "Yeah, I'm okay, Just kinda tired."
<Mykasi> "Right." Mike shrugs, glancing to the new guy with a slight nod.
> He nods back. After a bit some others arrive as well. Finally one last straggler comes in and Shiro crosses his arms, "You're late, Nasu."
> The straggler, probably Nasu by name, shrugs, "Yeah, so what?"
* Mykasi blinks at this, but doesn't say anything just yet, still stretching.
> One of the other guys winces as Shiro walks right up to Nasu and stares him straight in the face. Nasu, by the way, stands roughly half a head taller then Shiro. The latter doesn't seem to care as he looks up and says, "Sorry, I didn't get that?"
> Nasu actually pales just a bit, "Uh...I said 'yeah, sorry.'"
> Shiro snorts, "Yeah, I'm sure. You're on lane eight, stretch out and let's go."
> Lane eight, is of course the very outside lane.
* Mykasi suddenly wishes Nagare was here to sweep for shadows - something about their exhaustion seems a bit off, even if this attitude makes sense either way from Shiro.
> As Nasu stretches, Shiro directs you to lane seven, "Alright, I want you running next to him. Right now, he's the third fastest guy on the team. We'll do one set this way, and a second with you two swapping lanes. I want an even comparison here."
> "You hear that!?" He calls over to Nasu, "This guy here's your competetion. You still want to make regionals, then you'd better step it up."
> Nasu gives you a quick appraising look as he finishes stretching
* Mykasi nods slightly, stretching himself wordlessly as he nods to Nasu - with a slight glance to Shiro as he calls out this commentary. "Great way to be introduced to someone, no?" Mike murmurs as he gets ready.
> The signal is given, and everyone starts running. Sadly, it's...not really much of a competition. Nasu is actually faster out of the gate, but flags sooner. His first lap is better then Mike's but his second is worse and third much worse. Still better then anyone else, though. Which is...kinda sad, really.
<Mykasi> As Mike prided himself on endurance in bed, this comes as little surprise! Well, the extended dream workouts help.
> As it all wraps up, with Mike beating Nasu's time even after switching lanes, Shiro shakes his head, "Well, I guess that settles that."
> Oda offers Nasu a small smile, "Hey, don't give up yet. Still awhile until regionals. Just practice more, alright?"
* Mykasi nods in agreement with Oda. "And since I can't do anything beyond that, they'd need someone there, so. If you want, I'm down here decently often." A slight shrug.
> Nasu shakes his head, "You know what Asakura? There's more important things in life then track. I'm out."
> Oda sighs, while Shiro shrugs, "Better now then stress knocking you out a week from competition. Later."
<Mykasi> Aaaaand this is now a problem between them, Mike mentally notes.
> "Everyone else," he turns around and addresses the team, "good job. Remember, most other teams aren't even bothering to practice through winter, so we'll have an edge there anyway. Just keep running. The field is always free this time of day if you want to get in some extra time. Do some cooldown stretches and then we're done here. See you on Saturday."
> Everyone stretches down and wanders off to thier various classes/other activities.
> ------------------------------------------------------------

[VySaika]

> --------------------------------------------------------------------
> Wednesday afternoon, Mike and Hikari have finished thier one long class for the day and amusingly enough, Nagare's last class lets out roughly the same time. Due to an earlier text or something from Hikari, the three have gotten together in Nagare's office to plan the next step.
<Hikari> "So," Hikari starts, "I'm proposing to act as bait for the mysterious stranger stalking campus, confront him for answers when he appears, and possibly throttle him if necessary or appropriate. Thoughts?"
* Nagare eyes his colleagues, lightly tapping fingers on his table. "Your willingness to act as a mid-career hooker frightens me, but I suppose no one else qualifies for this."
* Mykasi blinks slightly at Hikari. "If it was anyone else, I'd be far more concerned. It's you, though, and you have that sword in an emergency. Though... should probably be a dire emergency."
<Mykasi> After shaking his head slightly, "Right. I'm still working on the program, no help there. Gonna call Theresa this evening while my roommate's out - any questions you guys want asked?"
<Hikari> "If anyone tries anything, they will be very, very surprised," Hikari says, deciding not to comment on Nagare's observation one way or another. "And nothing occurs to me, Mike."
<Mykasi> "You have a can of Mace or something for standard backup, first?" Mike asks distractedly, eyes off wandering the wall.
* Hikari nods. "I may as well."
<Nagare> "I'd be surprised if her reflex punches didn't hurt at least as much as mace as well."
<Hikari> "Well, I'm not as strong outside the dream," Hikari says, sounding disappointed.
<Mykasi> "Just don't have a sign advertising tricks and you should be fine." Mike comments off-handedly, before shaking his head. "Blah. Something else I'm forgetting..."
<Hikari> "I don't see why it should look like that at all!" Hikari objects. "There are other reasons for a young woman to be waiting around at school. She could be meeting a friend or something along those lines. Who knows."
<Mykasi> "Except you're not stupid, which hanging around a campus with stalker rumors abounding at night kinda is." Mike notes. "This being said, that's meta - no one else would know that. So, yeah."
<Nagare> "Not to mention people looking for hookers would rather go to Akibahara's vending machines if they were so desperate for prostitution in the broad daylight. But hey."
<Mykasi> "...Akibahara, you say?"
<Hikari> "Stay on task please, Mike," Hikari says stiffly.
<Mykasi> "Oh, yes, right. On task. Yup." Mike goes back to staring at the wall, his face completely neutral.
* Nagare shrugs lightly, with a faint smile. "Anyhow, anything else we need to arrange besides Hikari's unfortunate position?"
<Hikari> "I can't think of anything else."
<Mykasi> After a moment, Mike blinks before looking to Nagare. "Oh, right! You guys think you'll need the key? I wouldn't mind visiting the Velvet Room personally after the phone convo, depending on the answers to a few questions."
<Hikari> "I rather doubt it."
<Nagare> "I'm going to be too busy keeping an eye on Hikari just so she doesn't get nabbed by a stealth pimp in this endeavor, so feel free," the teacher nods.
<Mykasi> "Right, thanks." Mike nods, getting the key from Nagare and shoving it into his pocket, before a slightly bemused expression crosses his face - shaken off quickly.
* Nagare nods vaguely to Mykasi, then sighs towards Hikari. "I have the vague feeling this little endeavor will be more memorable than we'd ever wish it to be."
<Mykasi> "Well. Uh, good luck?" Mike shrugs. "Pick up a cane for you to have along just in case, Professor? Hell, Iunno."
<Hikari> "It will all be strictly businesslike, Professor, I assure you."
* Nagare snickers. "I hope so. But let's see what Murphy has to say about that."
<Mykasi> "He's laughing." Mike says with a grin, standing. "Call me if you need anything?"
<Hikari> "Of course."
<Nagare> "Certainly."
<Mykasi> With a wave, Mike exits, running back to the dorm room to test more code...
> (OOC: You two, post any other perperations you make before going hunting(like what if any weapons you're bringing, etc) and then I'll scene change to the evening)
<Nagare> (OOC: Should I bring the GPS?
* Hikari doesn't have much in the way of preparations to make. She dresses modestly as always, nothing flashy or revealing, and keeps the sword card and a can of mace in her handbag.
* Nagare just makes sure to bring the cellphone.
> (OOC: When I close my eyes, I am at the Change of the Scene~)
> The campus grounds are already dark by the time Nagare and Hikari meet up in the evening outside the library. The sun sets fairly early in the fall, and between that, the rumors of the stalker and the unseasonable cold, the pair cannot currently see anyone else around.
<Hikari> "Well, at least I won't have any competition," Hikari says optimistically.
<Nagare> "I'm amazed at how you can say that without a smidge of irony," Nagare mutters.
* Hikari just gives Nagare a Look.
* Nagare shrugs. "I know, I know."
<Hikari> "This isn't a joking matter. Just find somewhere secluded to observe things and stay focused?"
* Nagare nods. "Will do," he says as he looks for a safe observation spot.
> (OOC: Okay, need to know how you're doing this. Wandering around in one spot waiting? Or actively hunting around the whole campus?)
<Nagare> (OOC: I assume we're going to go mezzo waiting, mezzo hunting? Think the way to do this would be waffling around in a few spots.)
<Hikari> (OOC: that.)
> (OOC: Alrighty, please roll vs your ACVs as your perception checks. Since paying attention in this environment requires alertness(mind), not getting creeped out by what you're doing here(soul) and not getting distracted by the chill(body).)
<Hikari> roll 2d8 bah, my ACV sucks outside the dream
* Hatbot --> "Hikari rolls 2d8 bah, my ACV sucks outside the dream and gets 13."12 [2d8=7, 6]
<Hikari> roll 2d8 rerolling that shit
* Hatbot --> "Hikari rolls 2d8 rerolling that shit and gets 6."12 [2d8=4, 2]
<Nagare> roll 2d8 ohgod murphy's law
* Hatbot --> "Nagare rolls 2d8 ohgod murphy's law and gets 9."12 [2d8=6, 3]
> The two of you move about from spot to spot for a couple of hours. A campus security officer asks Hikari to head inside at some point, but is(I assume) promptly ignored as soon as he's out of sight on his rounds. As the two of you work your way to the front of the campus, near the main entrance, Hikari notices a....pair, yes, definately two, shapes moving around slowely at the edge of the parking lot.
* Hikari keeps an eye on them (while trying to look as though she's not. Nope, totally oblivious girl here, be about your business folks). If they're moving her direction, she'll wait and see what they intend to do. If they're likely to move away from her, she may have to follow them.
> roll 2d8
* Hatbot --> "Gatewalker rolls 2d8 and gets 13."12 [2d8=5, 8]
> roll 2d8
* Hatbot --> "Gatewalker rolls 2d8 and gets 6."12 [2d8=4, 2]
> Hikari notices one of the pair stop, then poke the other one a couple of times. The poked shape then starts slowely moving in your general direction...
* Hikari waits, looking for all the world like a bored girl just waiting around for a date to show up. Yeah, that's it, surely.
* Nagare observes Hikari from a hopefully stealthy position, waiting for the shades to approach. He also can't help but wonder what did they get into.
> The shape approaches, slowely but surely...until it stops for a moment, then starts walking over at a normal speed. Hikari is able to recognize the person after a moment, Shiro Asakura, from school. He's often seen rushing about here and there, and is fairly well known as the captain of the track team.
<Hikari> Oh, fabulous. Hikari looks around--is it possible to make a clean getaway before he reaches her? Assuming he hasn't recognized her already. It would look even worse for her to leave if he had. It's probably best to just stay where she is. She makes a show of checking her phone, as if looking for messages.
> He approaches, "Uh, hey. Hikari, right? Mykasi's freind?"
* Hikari looks up from her phone. "Oh, yes. Hello," she says casually. This could be a normal meeting in broad daylight, judging by her tone.
> Shiro nods, "Yeah, dunno if you've heard the rumors, but there's supposed to be some weird stalker guy hanging around campus at nights, so you might not want to be hanging out here by yourself."
* Hikari smiles. "I appreciate the concern, but I won't be out here for long. I'll be meeting up with someone any minute now. I'm not sure how much stock I put in rumors anyway. I mean, there are a lot of strange stories going around town these days. You can't believe everything you hear."
* Suiren is now known as Nagare
> Shiro shakes his head, "Yeah, well the rent-a-cops they keep around here have confirmed this one. They found the guy, but he managed to get away from them." He shrugs, "I mean, it's your own business and all, but if you're just chancing it because you don't think it's real then take my word for it that this one is."
* Hikari shrugs. "There's a can of mace waiting for anyone coming to me with trouble. So it's a good thing you spoke up."
> He snorts, "Well, alright. Later then."
> roll 2d8
* Hatbot --> "Gatewalker rolls 2d8 and gets 5."12 [2d8=4, 1]
> As he starts to walk back to the second shape, he then stops dead in his tracks, "Hold on..."
> Shiro starts to look around...and then stares right at Nagare's current hiding spot.
<Hikari> "Hm?"
> "There's someone hiding over there."
> Slowely, the young man starts to walk towards where the professor is concealing himself.
* Hikari turns to look, then glances back at Shiro with a dubious look on her face. "I don't see anyone there--oh my," she says, *accidentally* dropping her phone with a clatter. Surely a polite young man would pick that up for her!
> Shiro quickly looks back over his shoulder for a second to make sure it's not some attacker making Hikari drop her phone, but then turns his attention back to the hiding spot and calls out, "Hey, Oda! Keep an eye on Hikari here for a minute, okay? I'm gonna go check something out."
> The second shape, quickly recognizable as Rikuto Oda(a student Hikari shares a class with), jogs over to where you are.
> (OOC: Nagare, just to clarify, if you can see Hikari, then you can see Shiro slowely moving towards you as well.)
<Hikari> "I'm sure it's nothing, Asakura. You're really just jumping at shadows here. I appreciate you looking out for me, but it really isn't necessary."
> He lets out a rather cold laugh, "You have no idea..."
> But he continues walking towards Nagare...
* Nagare just gives up and decides to go towards the people there in order to try to control damage, grimacing. Doing otherwise would cause even more problems.
* Hikari frowns, wondering just what Shiro meant by that remark.
> Oda blinks as Nagare walks out, "Oh, Dr. Suiren."
> Shiro looks back at his freind, then back at Nagare, "Wait, this guy's that law teacher you were talking about at practice?"
* Nagare scratches his head a bit embarrassedly. "... yes, sorry about that. I had to return to campus at this time of the night and then sorta lost myself while trying to find my cigarettes. Haven't found them either. You were returning from track running, I gather?"
> Oda nods at Shiro, "Yeah." Then he walks over, "Uh...something like that, sir."
* Nagare raises an eyebrow. "I... see. It's a bit late to be strolling around here at this time of the night, but I don't think I should worry about you being irresponsible. Not with your record, anyway," he says lightly as he feigns looking for his cigarettes and finding them.
<Hikari> "See, Asakura? You really were overreacting." Now it's her turn to sound worried. "Is everything alright with you? I don't mean to pry or offend you, you just sounded very preoccupied when I mentioned jupming at shadows."
> Shiro lets out a sigh of annoyance, "Me? I'm fine. A little annoyed, but fine. And trust me, it's better to overreact to non-threats then it is to not react in time to a real one."
* Nagare lights a cigarette. "You know, overreacting to small things tends to make you more vulnerable to real threats. Keeping your cool is crucial at times like this."
> Shiro suddenly gives Nagare a piercing look, "Times like this?"
* Hikari shrugs. "He probably just means with all the strange behavior we're been hearing about around town. These are unusual times, aren't they?"
* Nagare sighs lightly, blowing the smoke of the cigarette to the air, trying to aim away from the boys. "Well, the rumors are pretty unsettling if you're paying attention to the news and the happenings in this city. As a teacher, if nothing else, I do have to keep up with these whispers and facts."
> Shiro snorts, but his fairly intense stare doesn't let up, "Yeah, I'm paying attention. And that was keeping my cool. If I'd lost it, I'd have charged that spot you were lurking in instead of approaching carefully."
> Oda sighs, "Uh, Shiro? Can we not get into pissing contests with the teachers?"
> Shiro laughs, "Heh. Alright. It's pretty clear this is the wrong tree to bark up anyway. You two take care." He starts to walk off, "Come on, Oda."
* Nagare draws another toke from the cigarette, then sighs calmly. "Same goes to you too, boys. Stay safe."
* Hikari makes a polite farewell to the two young men, then waits until they're are well out of earshot and sight. "Maybe we need a spot with a better hiding place for you?" she wonders.
* Nagare scratches his head. "If that's even possible, it'd be preferrable. I'm not entirely sure how well we can manage a great hiding spot, though. And that was an unsettlingly close call."
<Hikari> "It was. It would be a terrible inconvenience for you to gain a reputation as the real stalker, not to mention a great help to the actual culprit." Hikari starts to look around campus. Maybe there's a spot near some bushes that would be useful?
* Nagare looks around as well, sighing and tossing the last of his cigarette away. Great night this is turning out to be.
> Hikari and Nagare manage to find another spot and wait for awhile. It's quickly approaching midnight.
<Hikari> Hikari doesn't care how late it is. They're on a mission here!
> Another hour ticks past. Hikari sees someone else moving around during this time, but it turns out to be another campus security officer, who she successfully hides from.
<Hikari> Bah. She appreciates the security people doing their job, but can't they do it someplace where she's not doing hers? She persists, anyway, doing her best to relieve the tedium by mentally running through material from her history class.
> Another hour ticks past. Suddenly, Hikari notices a shape moving towards the dorms from the parking lot!
* Hikari watches it, doing her best to stay low and out of sight as she does so. Surely no one respectable would be out this late. Maybe it's their target at last?
> OOC: Just watching or trying to get closer to get a better look? The shape is kinda distant, you just notice it due to the scattered lampposts and the like.
<Hikari> OOC: creeping closer if necessary.
<Hikari> OOC: if it's moving towards me though, I'll wait.
> The shape continues towards the dorm. Hikari gets close enough to take a better look and sees a young man she doesn't recognize. Fairly handsome, if somewhat lanky. Brownish hair cut somewhat short, and a bit of stubble on his chin. Carrying what looks to be a very small duffle bag and looking pretty pleased with himself.
<Hikari> Hmm. Well, most of the reports on the stranger did agree that it was an attractive man. This could be worth looking into. Hikari stands up straight, as though she'd just knelt down to retrieve something she'd dropped, and makes a point of looking distracted by her phone (monitoring the figure's movements from the corner of her eye). Young people these days, always with the texting.
> The young man seems to notice movement from the corner of his eye, looks over in your direction, then continues towards the dorms.
* Hikari makes note of his direction, gives him a moment to put a little distance between the two of them, then turns to follow him. If he's not going to approach her, then she at least is going to find out what his business on campus is.
> She follows! The young man heads into the men's dorms and stops at a vending machine next to the stairs.
> He puts some coins into the machine and hits the button for Cielo Mist.
<Hikari> Well, all of this is disappointingly non-sinister depite him being out so late. If it's possible to find out where he's going inside the building, though, it might be possible to find out *who* he is by checking the student directory. That would entail following him into the building, though, and surely test Hikari's stealth abilities.
* Hikari waits until the young man is just about out of sight from the front door before following him inside, taking great care to open and close the door as soundlessly as possible. She doesn't want to be seen here, so she'll follow the sound of footsteps from a distance, assuming the man's not making any serious attempt to move quietly.
> The man is not moving quietly, but he's also moving pretty quick. After cracking open his soda and taking a gulp, he heads up the stairs. Hikari manages to follow him up the stairs and sees him heading down the third floor hall.
> OOC: roll for stealth, plz
<Hikari> roll 2d8 don't fuck with me here, Hatbot, or I'll up and job ya
* Hatbot --> "Hikari rolls 2d8 don't fuck with me here, Hatbot, or I'll up and job ya and gets 11."12 [2d8=8, 3]
<Hikari> roll 2d8 fucking reroll
* Hatbot --> "Hikari rolls 2d8 fucking reroll and gets 6."12 [2d8=2, 4]
> Hikari makes a miss-step and she hears the click of her shoe on the stair...but the sudden soft sound of rolling dice mutes the step entirely and the young man doesn't even turn in your direction at all...
> He heads over to....wait a minute, isn't that Mike's dorm room?
* Hikari sighs inwardly and continues her pursuit. If she can spot the room number, it'll be enough--oh wait. Well.
> Well, he appears to have a key, since he unlocks the door and goes right in.
<Hikari> Hikari rubs her forehead. Well, this has all been incredibly unproductive. Surely Mike would know it if his roommate was up to anything unseemly. She'll mention this to him tomorrow but doesn't expect to turn up much. for now...she needs to get out of the building before anyone notices her!
> You escape the boy's dorm undetected!
* Hikari tracks down Nagare after she's back out in the open. "It was just Mike's roommate," she says dejectedly. "This evening has been decidedly uninformative, I have to say."
* Nagare sighs. Hikari can't help but notice he's already midway through yet another cigarette. "Well, this will be embarrassing to explain. The only thing I even picked up is how that Shiro kid seemed rather startled."
* Hikari nods. "He did, yes..."
<Nagare> "Which shouldn't be entirely dismissed. Maybe Oda could clarify that, but it'd be awkward to try and approach that with him."
<Hikari> "Mike knows them both, I believe. We can ask him to broach the subject. As for us...well, I have to admit to some tiredness. While I wouldn't mind trying this again, the more we do so, the greater the chance of encounters that make people wonder what we're doing out here so late at night."
<Nagare> "Yes, I think we're well past our welcome here. Let's just call this a wrap and discuss the crumbs later."
<Hikari> "We can regroup tomorrow sometimes, yes, and see if Mike's learned anything tonight. If there's nothing else...Good night and rest well?" She turns to head back to her own dorm, assuming everything's concluded here.
<Nagare> "Pretty much. Good night, Hikari," the teacher says tiredly, heading back to his car... wherever the heck it is by now.
> You head your seperate ways and go to get some sleep.
> ------------------------------------------------------------

> -------------------------------------------------------
> Meanwhile, back in the heated dorms where anyone sane is at the moment, Mike proves that it isn't only sane people who have the good sense to stay inside by doing just that to work on his program.
<Mykasi> And, as is natural for Mike, he is working while slightly buzzed by alcohol. This will probably progress to drunk after... after what again? Oh, right. The phone call! Perhaps that should be done now. Yes, this sounds like a brillig idea, and wamble and wade in the slithy code- oh, but he's getting distracted again. Right, calling himself, was it?
<Mykasi> After a moment to wrap up a few lines of code, the phone is flipped out, and Theresa is dialed! Well, he's dialed, but it's Theresa by extension and all.
> It rings a couple of times, and then the "other end" is picked up by the familiar, slightly sing-song voice you were expecting, "Ah, hello~"
<Mykasi> "Herro, this is, uh, not Mike Kaliska-Werfer, and I am carring to order a rarge Vervet Room pizza, heavy on the brue." Mike says, pinching his nose.
> Theresa giggles, "Sorry, this is closer to a teahouse then a pizzarea. Would you care for some Dream Cake instead? You really can have it and eat it too, but it's sadly not as filling as you might like."
<Mykasi> "May take you up on that at some later point, but if it's anything like Phantom Tollbooth division meals I'll pass." Mike grins. "The Professor told me to call you about that list?"
> "Ah yes, after our delightful little conversation. The thing is, I can't tell you any more about that list without knowing more about it myself. Any details you can give me might help, where did you get it? He said it was online, can you give me the url so I can check myself?"
<Mykasi> "Hold on a minute." Mike pulls up the quick-assed program he designed to search for the website, checking its last known location as well to try and pin down the url for today.
> OOC: roll Computers
<Mykasi> roll 2d8
* Hatbot --> "Mykasi rolls 2d8 and gets 12."12 [2d8=5, 7]
> ...it's fucking dissapeared on you again.
<Mykasi> "Kch. It seems to be offline again right now. Last address was..." Mike rattles off the old address. "It keeps moving and shifting - took me a while of searching pretty heavily to find it. Maybe your Velvet Magic can track it better?"
> "Maybe. Can you tell me anything else about the site? I'll try searching for it myself on this end in the meantime."
* Mykasi rattles off a description of the site, making sure to nail the administrator name and the commentary on "May Their Sacrifice Save Us All".
> roll 2d8 Theresa search
* Hatbot --> "Gatewalker rolls 2d8 Theresa search and gets 7."12 [2d8=3, 4]
> There's a very pregnant pause, "...Endless Administrator, you say?"
<Mykasi> "Yep. Find something?" Mike asks, thinking to check his own list of names (handwritten) to see if they've been ghosted yet.
> ...the names have been smudged and smeared into unreadability by something.
<Mykasi> "...fuck, my copy of the list has been erased!" Mike grimaces. "Handwritten one, too - the one the professor showed you."
> OOC: Mind check at +2 to recreate the list, as you were pretty intense about memoriziing it.
<Mykasi> roll 2d8 right, he'd work on that while Theresa talked
* Hatbot --> "Mykasi rolls 2d8 right, he'd work on that while Theresa talked and gets 11."12 [2d8=6, 5]
> You manage to recreate about half of it. Would need to see the damned site again for the rest.
> Theresa sighs, "Um, something like that. That name sounds really really familiar, but I couldn't tell you why. Any theories of your own on what this Admin is?"
<Mykasi> "Kch. Don't remember the entire list off the top of my head. Any luck, Theresa?" Mike asks as he scrawls the rest of the list down. After a few moments, Mike pauses, lost in thought.
<Mykasi> "First guess is another Persona user - but. But. We don't know who, or how, but they know that Valeria has vanished. And the only real way they could know that - and all the other names - is that either their Persona grants them that power, or, more likely... they're involved in -why- they've disappeared." Mike growls after a moment.
<Mykasi> "The other option is they're either not a Persona user but still somehow immune to the Pattern Spiders, but still behind the disappearances, or... one of those malign forces you mentioned previously."
> "Possibilities all. The line about the sacrifices saving us all makes me think that it's not entirely malign at the very least. I'm fairly familiar with most supernatural entities, and ones that would 'Neverwas' people out of spite aren't the types to care about saving anyone."
<Mykasi> "Unless they're sacrificing them to stave off something else. The whole Knight Templar aspect - virtue of the commons exceeding any good toward others to the point of harm." Mike shakes his head. "Does Endless Administrator ring any bells for you? One thought for me is that Endless might be a tip-off - if not a outside force, than at least something immortal or unending."
> "That's my thought too, yes. I really don't think a mortal would use that name unless they were reaaaaally pretentious. And frankly, any mortal with thier head this deep down the rabbit hole would have lost most of that ego by now."
<Mykasi> "Eh, hackers have egos the size of the moon." Mike shrugs slightly. "I wouldn't put that pretension past them, but it's definitely a reasonable point. Okay, let's back up a moment. Can you give me the name of an administrator of some sort for the city of Kanazawa? Some sort of deity or force that defends it?" As he talks, Mike goes to look up shrines in the city area or outskirts.
> Mike finds a shrine listing online about the same time Theresa gives him an answer, "Hmm, looks like there's a shrine to Okuni-Nushi around there."
<Mykasi> "First: is it a real force? There's a lot of shit that's real that I didn't think was, I suspect, but I don't know myself if this is. If yes, two: do you think he'd be willing to talk? Or if anyone at the temple might know anything?" Mike asks, recording directions. "Thirdly, give me a honest opinion - should I try to contact this Endless Administrator?"
> "First, yes, though maybe not quite in the way you think of reality. Second, maybe? I'm not familiar with this one, sorry. And lastly..." she pauses, "well, I would, but I'm notoriously reckless."
<Mykasi> "You are talking to the person whose subconscious chose, in a fit of severe pique, to mock me and my earlier thought processes on Personae and transformations by having itself be depicted as Sailor Anansi." Mike deadpans. "I understand reckless."
> She laughs, "Most FOOLs do, from what I understand."
<Mykasi> "Besides, I'm proposing contacting, even beside the Endless Annoyancemancer, a being whose motives, interests and powers I can't comprehend, gambling that he might - might! - be willing to aid me." Mike continues. "I... reckless seems the only way forward. Call me if you can pick up that site? Oh, and is he in?"
> "I assume you mean the Master?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah." Mike nods. "I was curious as to if non-Dream object can be carded, or, alternately, stored there somehow."
> She chuckles, "I'm afraid the answer to that is no. We can't let you store things here, that's far too direct of assistance."
<Mykasi> "Right." Mike mutters. "So no good way to have weapons on hand in the Dream, then. Was hoping to store a cheap stick or something more than my bloody hands." After a moment, "Aaaargh, why does the site have to be down! And why is my memory flippin' well failing me..."
> Theresa responds in a mock-serious tone, "Well, the site is clearly down because the pattern spiders are unravelling it as fast as the Admin puts it up. As for your memory, no idea, sorry."
<Mykasi> "And here I thought it was just because the Admin was asleep on the job." Mike deadpans back. "Argh. Alright. I can't think of anything else... Any other info you can share, or rather, feel like sharing?"
> "Only that if you were looking to get to know me better, you're about a day too late~"
* Mykasi pauses, before, suddenly serious, "Frankly, as much as I wouldn't mind getting to know you better, Theresa, I have zilch interest in... Social Links in general. I have no issues talking to you in downtime, nor in the Professor enjoying your company and doing so more often than I. You two have fun with that."
> Her tone softens, "Social Links aren't a weakness, Mike. They will help you, you know. Not just in the strength they give you, but in reminding you what you're fighting for when things get really rough. But now I'm sounding like someone else, so I'll go back to flippant at the end of this call."
<Mykasi> "I have no issues remembering what I'm fighting for. What I have issues with is that they've potentially bound others to my fate." Mike hisses. "I get a vanishing act done on me? What happens to those who've I've made these links with? They're relevant to both parties, no? Important to both? What happens when those are carelessly ripped out?"
> "It's not very common for Persona users to get snatched like that. My theory, cruel as this sounds, is that it only really happens to people who won't be overly missed." She pauses for a moment, "How many freinds would you say Valeriya actually had? Would you even call yourself her 'friend' or more just a comrade in arms?"
<Mykasi> "She had multiple coworkers she seemed to get along with fine, both at the library and the gym, if I recall correctly. But nothing more than coworkers and comrades at arms." Mike exhales. "But damnit, I liked her already... Whoever took her made a fucking huge mistake."
> "Right. Social Links, and other freindships as well, root you in the world. In reality. I know for a fact that it's harder to neverwas someone who has a strong grounding in reality. Most entities who do so pick easier targets, unless they really need to erase a specific person. But considering her name is the only one on that list I recognized, that's probably not the case here."
<Mykasi> "...right." Mike mutters. "Color me still incredibly distrustful of this, but whatever."
> "I hope you can at least trust that I'm not going to actively lie to any of you. I may withhold information, but what I do tell you will at the very least be the truth as I understand it. Which is fairly good, if I do say so myself."
<Mykasi> "Yeah, I know that." Mike nods slightly. "But it seems that, even within the requirements you set up... they took a massive gamble vanishing her. Thus my discomfort."
> "Not as much as you'd think. She had no living family and not a single person that I would call a real friend. I took the liberty of snooping into her history as much as I could after she vanished, and that's what I came up with. She fit the profile nearly perfectly."
<Mykasi> "Just so I don't feel like a dumbass, snooping via mundane records or Velvet Room records?"
> "Velvet Room records, of course. Spiders can't get shit in here."
<Mykasi> "Oh, good. Was wondering if I was missing an obvious route of inquiry." Mike laughs hollowly. After a moment, he considers through the drunken haze... and searches for "persona, forum, Igor". "Anything else to darken my mood? If not, I'll keep looking for that damn web site."
> "Maybe something to brighten it just a touch? I'm poking through the records of people that have been neverwas'd right now, and there's not a single example of someone who IS a Persona User's social link going missing like that. So the friends of that note you've made so far are almost garunteed safe."
> "Well, with one exception but that one so doesn't even count."
<Mykasi> "A small mercy. Unless they, so to speak, neverwas me first and then grab them, but hey." Mike comments. "Apparently I just- Okay, no, I want to know the exceptions." Mike shakes his head in annoyance.
> "The entire city of Atlantis. Ye gods was that entire thing a clusterfuck though."
<Mykasi> A long pause.
> "And the morons did it to themselves, too. Which is why it doesn't count."
> OOC: by the way, roll computers, Mikey
<Mykasi> "... Okay, I've got one more question. Apologies for the bombardment here." Mike manages to croak out after a moment.
<Mykasi> roll 2d8 hatbot if you fuck this up i'm feeding you to my goddamn FIST you understand me? behave, bitch
* Hatbot --> "Mykasi rolls 2d8 hatbot if you fuck this up i'm feeding you to my goddamn FIST you understand me? behave, bitch and gets 7."12 [2d8=1, 6]
> After a couple variations on that search, Mike pulls up a very well hidden forum called "The Rabbit Hole"
> "Sure, go ahead."
* Mykasi checks to see how many of the topics are available to peruse, and begins doing so to any so open. "If there are this myriad lists long enough to be impossible to send to me of otherworldy beings who want to chomp this world to bits, is it fair to assume there's an equal number - or equal power - number of beings protecting it?"
> "Oh gods, the list of beings with a vested intrest in the world is so much larger. Yeah, don't worry about that. You Persona Users aren't the only ones fighting for the world, or even just any given part of it."
<Mykasi> "Huh."
<Mykasi> "Funny thing is, I was pretty much raised agnostic - well, Mom tried to have me be a good Christian boy but with my dad around that bombed badly." A somber pause. "I'm not sure I want to admit my mom could have been anything close to right."
> "Well, I can tell you that any monotheistic religion is outright wrong. Doesn't mean thier god doesn't exist, but I assure you that there's more then one out there. Agnostic is honestly probably the closest religion to being "right" of anything. Since, if I understand it correctly, the entire point of that one is admitting that you have no idea WHAT may or may not be out there."
> "And to be quite literal, the only opinion that is ever always garunteed to be correct is 'I don't know'"
<Mykasi> "Well, yes. But it's more a case of 'mom was right, something is watching over this world even if it ends up being Ceiling Cat in a goddamn tutu and french lingerie.'" Mike grins slightly. "And all the assorted equal powered lolcat host or something. I don't precisely have details from you either so this is the best I get."
<Mykasi> "But... hm. Okay. Then I'm gonna take the gamble and try to contact this dude once we refind his site. Call me if you can dig it up? I can send you the program I use, it sped up my search for it - unless you have Velvet Room hax or something."
> "Oh, I've found it already. Sadly, doesn't tell me anything else. All I can guess is that if the Administator is the entity that neverwas'd these people, then it must have a reason for trying so hard to keep the names around anyway."
<Mykasi> "Toss me the link for it, then?" Mike asks, reading through the posts on "The Rabbit Hole".
> Actually, Mike is doing no such thing. The Rabbit Hole is a members only website, he can't see so much as a single thread without being logged in.
> "Alright, sure. I'll text the url to you."
* Mykasi isn't terribly surprised at this, honestly, and goes to see if he can sign up.
> A moment later, Mike's phone makes whatever it's "text recieved" noise happens to be.
<Mykasi> A light beep. Mike isn't one for extravagance. Mike looks at the web site URL and looks it up in another tag.
> Ah, yep, there it is. Same site as always.
<Mykasi> "Right. Okay, I don't have any better ideas... unless you can see a way to contact this 'Endless Administrator' that I'm missing?"
> "You could try sending an email or an instant message to 'Endless Administrator' and see if anything bites?"
> Meanwhile, you try to sign up for the Rabbit Hole. All it asks for is an email address, and it says the admin, "Rabbit" will send you an email.
<Mykasi> "If there is contact information in this iteration for Endless Administrator I will be endlessly shocked." Mike comments dryly, checking. After a moment, "Or do you literally mean trying to send an email to "Endless Administrator" just like I call you on my cell phone? In other words, it's the magic of the Persona the thrill of the fight so shut the hell up and just try it?"
> "Pretty much, yes."
* Mykasi grins slightly and tosses in his secondary email address at the web site - anansisweb@nmail.com. After a moment, he nods. "Lemme try that first. If it doesn't work... well, I'll need to take emergency measures, but hopefully the admin won't mind."
> "Well, good luck."
<Mykasi> "Alright. That's more than enough leads for now. Thanks for your aid. I'll try and track stuff down from here, call me if you get anything new on the site or on Endless Addork."
<Mykasi> "Thanks."
> "I doubt I'll get much without direct contact, which I can't do. But if I do find anything, I'll let Nagare know."
* Mykasi writes up an email/form PM and sends it out, trying to cover as many possible addresses and potential sources and versions of Endless Administrator as possible, starting with just generically to "Endless Administrator."
<Mykasi> "Got it. Thanks."
> Theresa hangs up, and a few moments later, Mike gets an email from someone named rabbit in his secondary email. It asks you to reply with certain fields such as: Desired screen name, reason for coming to the Rabbit Hole and the question "what does 'persona' mean to you?"

[VySaika]

> -----------------------------------------------------
> Thursday morning, Mike is up super early once again and heading down to the track. The excersize is rough, but trying to keep up with those two is bound to be a good workout. As you arrive at the track, you notice Shiro and Oda are there ahead of you again...and Shiro has some kind of bandage around his head. Not covering his eyes or anything, just a bandage wrapped around his forehead.
* Mykasi stops at seeing this. "...you okay, dude?"
> Shiro looks up and half-grunts as you approach, "Yeah, just busted up a little. More pissed then anything."
<Mykasi> "..." Mike looks between the two, checking to see if they both look tired again.
> Shiro looks off, but that could be tired or pain. Oda does look pretty beat yet again, and it's a bit more obvious today.
<Mykasi> "...who 'busted you up', if I can ask?" Mike asks carefully, stretching a bit.
> He scowls, "Was out last night and got attacked by a fucking crow. I am not even shitting you on that. Little bastard just came right at me from a blindspot, slashed me up a bit before I got my hands on it."
> Oda turns a little green, "Yeah, I could have lived without seeing that."
<Mykasi> "..." Mike stares at Shiro, glancing to Oda for a moment. "A crow? Shit, that's really goddamn weird." A somewhat tenative pause...
<Mykasi> ...before shaking his head. "Take care of yourself when you guys are out, then, alright?"
> Shiro nods, "Yeah, I'm not running with this today. Just couldn't stand to sit in my room all morning when I'm so used to being up and around."
> Oda heads over to the starting line, "I'm still going to do a couple laps though. Helps me wake up."
<Mykasi> "Probably wise. If I weren't trying to stay inside after dark, I'd offer to try and be backup for your running, Oda." Mike shrugs, heading to the line as well.
> Oda blinks, "Huh?"
<Mykasi> "Running? I, uh, presumed you guys were out practicing." Mike flushes a bit. "Sorry."
> He shakes his head, "Ah, no. Shiro's...well, he's got this crazy idea and I'm just trying to make sure he doesn't get hurt doing it."
* Mykasi blinks, standing a bit from the ready position. "Crazy idea?"
> Oda flicks his eyes to where Shiro is sitting, which is thankfully far enough away that he shouldn't hear without voices being raised, "Uh, have you heard the rumors about some weird guy hanging around campus?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah, I have." Mike nods. "Honestly, it's why I'm staying in - I'm not afraid of the dude, but with the whole Bland drama, uh... a foreigner out late's gonna garner attention."
> Oda nods, "Oh yeah, that's probably a good idea. But yeah, Shiro's trying to catch the guy. When he heard that he got away from the campus security a couple days ago, he decided to try finding the guy himself. Like I said, crazy."
<Mykasi> "..." Mike grimaces. "Honestly? I don't blame the dude, but uh, American, lack of respect for authority, the usual there." A pause. "Man, and he got aced up by a crow? ...wait, how big was the bird?"
> Oda thinks, keeping his pace to yours as you jog around the track, "Umm...pretty normal size for a crow? So big, but not huge."
* Mykasi nods. "Right." As the two circle, "Mmm. Do me a favor, then, once you guys start looking for him again? Since I'm probably best off staying in unless I need to be out?"
> He gives you an odd look, "Um, like what?"
<Mykasi> "Well, keep an eye on Oda, but you're already doing that... but also keep an eye out for Ishigami?" Mike notes as the two run. "She's not been happy about the idea of a stalker on campus, and her method of dealing with things doesn't include 'sit back and wait'. Indeed, it probably more implies crushing their skull in if she catches them, but."
> Oda blinks again, "Oh. Um, we ran into her out there last night, actually. Is that what she was doing?"
<Mykasi> "...she was out? Then probably, yes. ...what did it look like she was doing? I shouldn't jump to conclusions." Mike shakes his head after a moment.
> "Just kinda loitering around, mostly. She said she was waiting for someone, I think." Then he pauses, "Waiting for someone. Someone like the weirdo, maybe?"
<Mykasi> "Sounds likely." Mike gives a wry grin. "Don't worry too much about her - she's capable and smart enough to make sure she covers any contingency, even if a bit foolhardy." (She'd have to be hardy to fools to put up with me, buuuut)
> He nods, "I'll pass that on to Shiro. So...your girlfreind?"
* Mykasi practically trips over his own feet, laughing. "Kc-hahaha... ah, no. Though that wouldn't be bad, no, I've kinda got... obligations of a sort back home, and I highly suspect that she'd want to throw me out a window if I suggested that. Just good friends."
> He raises an eyebrow at that, but just shrugs and keeps running.
* Mykasi keeps running as well, a slight grin on his face.
> (OOC: I'll Change your little Scene out, cause you made me cryyyyyy~)
> Once again, the trio has managed to gather in Nagare's office. This is bound to start causing rumors at some point, but for now at least, everyone has better things to talk about. Like stalkers and rapists.
<Mykasi> "We should really vary up meeting points." Mike comments. "We've got an excuse for now - the program - but..."
<Nagare> "There are always the million ramen joints we can raid for lunch and tactics if this becomes a problem," Nagare adds placidly.
<Hikari> "I suppose we can start cycling through local restaraunts at some point? As for the business at hand...well, our patrol turned up little of note last night."
<Mykasi> "That too." Mike nods slightly, before glancing to Hikari. "Other than a pair of track stars?"
* Nagare scratches his head. "That... was quite awkward, yes."
<Hikari> "Very."
<Hikari> "Are they talking about me or something?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah, talked to Oda this morning - not about you, the topic came up because, um, a crow assaulted Shiro later in the night. Bandage over his head. Kid's kinda miserable." Mike shakes his head. "Apparently they have the same idea we did. I told them you were likely out doing the same thing, Hikari, so they should be willing to at least work with you once Shiro's back on his feet."
<Hikari> "A crow? How did they wind up encountering a malicious crow?" Hikari looks contemplative. "It did seem like they were up to something they didn't feel like sharing last night."
<Mykasi> "I didn't ask, but it definitely seems like they wandered into one." Mike shrugs. "And in general, ask Oda, he's more straightforward about what's going on. Shiro's blunt but can be evasive."
* Hikari nods. "I will do so the next time I see them." Again she looks far off for a moment. "You know, they seemed very preoccupied when shadows came up in passing during the conversation."
<Nagare> "Shiro was... very paranoid, yes."
<Mykasi> "Did they? Hum." Mike muses. "I know Shiro's the one who's fired up about finding the 'weirdo', as Oda put it. Oda's mainly along just to keep Shiro out of trouble. I... hm. I'll keep an eye on both, just in case one of them's involved in anything else going on." A pause, in which Mike shuffles uncomfortably. "I... guess it's my turn, isn't it?"
<Hikari> "Yes, it is. Did something unpleasant happen?"
<Mykasi> "Ah. No, no. Just... a lot. First, was talking to Theresa, got some good info." Mike grins slightly to Nagare. "She... sounds like she might know who Endless Admin is but is choosing to be slightly evasive. This being said, she suggested a way to try and contact them, and also noted that it's likely not a human maintaining the web site."
* Nagare nods, trying to circumvent Mike's sardonic grin. "Hm. Have you attempted that?"
* Hikari raises an eyebrow. "Not a human? What is it, then? Someone--or something--we can trust, or...?"
<Mykasi> "She didn't say if we could trust it, just that it's likely not malign in nature." Mike shakes his head. "I've tried to contact it, yes. We'll see if it responds this way before I go back to plan H." A pause. "There's also a shrine to Okuni-Moshimoshi or something like that on the end of town. If we could, I'd like to visit it - it's a stupid idea, but... I'd like to see if we can, uh. Contact it."
* Mykasi looks between the two, slightly dismayed. "What, the plan sounds that stupid?"
<Hikari> "Okuninushi, you mean?" Hikari speculates. "We are actually discussing speaking with a deity?"
* Nagare frowns. "The idea sounds... farfetched, to say the least. I guess it couldn't hurt to try, since we're mostly trying to grab whichever lead sniffs our way, though."
<Mykasi> "Yeah, Okuni-nushi." Mike nods. "Sorry, names aren't my strong suit. And... we're dealing with a supernatural force that invades people's minds and fucks them up. What other options do we have but to try and contact a resident force?" A shrug. "We can put it off for a bit. There is, however, two big pieces of news other than that." (More)
<Hikari> "Given what else we've seen lately, Professor, I'm not able to dismiss the idea out of hand, as strange as it would've seemed just a few weeks ago."
<Mykasi> "The first is a note of optimism - Theresa told me we should all be relatively safe from... getting disappeared like Valeria was." A pause. "Apparently, we're better connected? Or at least can say we have friends. Something Theresa doesn't believe Valeriya had yet, though she thinks we would have been given time."
<Hikari> "I suppose that should be comforting," Hikari says, not sounding entirely convinced.
<Nagare> "What about the second?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah. Let's take what we can get, at least." Mike shrugs. "The second is... we aren't alone. Holy fuck shit, we aren't alone." A slight smile plays across Mike's face. "This is both good and very disturbing news. A search online found a hidden forum - a gathering of Persona users, globally, with all the events they've had to face." A somber look crosses his eyes for a moment. "There've been tons."
<Hikari> "Define 'tons.'"
<Mykasi> "At least twelve from my skim over the topic. General implication being that these were all huge events, though how huge, I don't know. I'd need to scan through it to make sure. But... it's a forum of experts in this area, so we've got some people we can ask for advice, see if this situation is similar enough to any other that they can provide assistance." A shake of his head.
<Hikari> "I see. You're sure these people are reliable? Could you possibly show us this site at some point?"
<Mykasi> "Really, to me, this is big, I confess. The fact that we're not alone in this goddamn mess? Means a lot. I'm not going to ID any of us in this, but I will be explaining what's going on. The group... keeps records of what's happened in other events like this." At Hikari, Mike nods slightly. "I could, yeah. They're not big on publicity - attention isn't the best of ideas."
<Mykasi> "Kinda like being a 'paranormal expert' except you're not shitting yourself."
<Hikari> "I don't know. The fact that incidents like this keep happening and keep being covered up is disturbing in its own right, but I suppose par for the course when there are invisible spiders editing everyone's memories. Give one of these experts a run-down of the situation without being clear on our location or identities and see what response you get?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah, gonna do so." Mike nods. "They have a list of known Personas and, uh, known fallen, too. It sounds like most events don't have the Spiders out in full force, mind - that's how they're able to keep all this info up. By extension, I'd guess it's mainly just for disappeared people."
<Hikari> "Known personas, hm? I'd like to take some time to read through this, if possible."
* Nagare scratches his chin. "If this information is even slightly reliable, it's bound to come in handy. I'm... still a bit wary, but at least it's a much needed outlet."
<Mykasi> "I'll provide, sure. Lemme clear it with the guy who runs it and I'll get back with you guys. Our four Personas are new, it seems - closest is EMPEROR Caesar, but that's not Caligula." A nod. "At worst I can print info or just pull up the site on your computer for viewing."
<Hikari> "Either works. I suppose printing makes it easier to review the material at our leisure, of course."
<Mykasi> "Right. So, uh." A shrug. "Should we go do that shrine thing?"
<Nagare> "May as well," Nagare shrugs.
* Hikari nods.
<Mykasi> "...man, you guys make me feel silly for even proposing it." Mike pouts.
<Hikari> "'Silly' is a word I've had to redefine lately."
<Mykasi> "... hm. Fair... fair point. So, uh, let's go?" Mike shrugs. "Not too far out, so."
<Nagare> "Well, look at it this way. Were we in a different situation, we would've just shot the proposition down instead," Nagare states.
<Nagare> "So yeah, let's move."
> (OOC: We were the Scenes of it all, the Change we were born~)
> The three Persona users all hop in/on thier respective vehicles and make thier way over to the shine on the edge of town. The shrine is...honestly rather deserted and overgrown. It seems no one has cared to come here in some time.
<Hikari> "Sad," Hikari says, looking around. "People should take better care of their heritage." Is there anyone else in sight, or is it just them?
> Nobody in immidiate sight, it seems.
* Nagare scratches his head. "Man, I know people don't pay a lot of attention to deities, but this is almost unnervingly lonely."
<Hikari> "How do you suppose we contact him? The dream key?"
* Mykasi walks in, looking about with some interest mixed with sorrow. "...yeah. Okuni-Nushi... this is kinda sad, isn't it." A glance to Hikari. "Yeah, that was my idea. Though it almost seems rude at this point."
> As you move up to the actual shrine itself...the offering box and the platform it rests on actually seem to be clean, and the area immediately around it swept.
* Hikari deposits a respectable offering in the box. "You know, with a guardian deity being ihnored, perhaps recent events are no great surprise."
<Hikari> *ignored
<Mykasi> "Huh. Doesn't seem entirely unkempt." Mike notes, walking up to the box. After a moment, he pulls some money out of his pocket and puts it in the box, before immediately feeling silly... until he sees Hikari do the same. "Yeah. 's kinda what I was thinking. Theresa said that the good forces outnumbered the malign ones by far, so..."
* Nagare leaves 5,000 yen in the box. "I vaguely feel guilty here. You have to wonder who takes care of this place, though..."
> (OOC: Nagare, roll mind, please)
<Mykasi> "Yeah..." Mike looks around a bit, before glancing to the temple itself.
* Hikari nods in approval as other follow her example. "Well, there doesn't seem to be anyone here, though apparently someone maintains it."
<Nagare> roll 2d8
* Hatbot --> "Nagare rolls 2d8 and gets 12."12 [2d8=6, 6]
> The temple itself appears to be a very small one room kind of affair. The door is shut, but the area in front of the door is clear enough for them to swing open.
> Paint is chipping off the doors as well, it's really fairly run down.
<Hikari> "Shall we?" Hikari says with a shrug. (OOC: I forget who has the key.)
<Mykasi> "...should we knock?" Mike asks dubiously. "I'd kinda like to make sure we aren't gonna intrude on a person, first." (OOC: I do.)
* Hikari nods. "Certainly," she says, proceeding to do so.
> Hikari knocks. There is no answer.
<Hikari> "Apparently not. Ready to intrude on a god, then?"
<Mykasi> "I'd like to think of it as 'divine petitioning without the intermediary of space', thanks."
* Nagare snerks. "You'd probably make waves in Law, come to think of it."
<Mykasi> "I would go mad trying."
* Mykasi pulls out the Key, and- wait, no one's watching, right? This is public ground, even if unused ground.
> There doesn't appear to be anyone around that you can see.
<Mykasi> After a moment, Mike shrugs and uses the key!
> The door swings open, revealing the usual portal. The three step through and into the Dream of the shrine...
> (OOC: Cause we find ourselves in the same old mess, singing drunken Scene Changes~)
> Passing through the Velvet Room and into the Dream, the trio find themselves in...a remarkably well kept room. It very much resembles the inside of a minor temple, except for the amount of stuff that's inside. All manner of weapons adorn one wall, while shelves holding jars, pots and bags of herbs and medicines fill another. The third holds racks filled with tools, instruments to build nearly anythingh you could want, as well as a hanging basket of rolled up scrolls.(more)
> you could want, as well as a hanging basket of rolled up scrolls.(more)
> In the middle of the room sits a man, tending a small pot of burning insense. The man is young and handsome, almost slight effeminate in his clean features. He wears armor, the classic armor of an old samurai, but with only a simple headband instead of a full helmet. A cloak sits nect to him on the ground, with a heavy blade(still in it's sheath) lies upon the cloak(more)
> The man looks up as you enter, his voice is low but it carries and seems to fill the room, "Well, it has been some time indeed since the living came to my house in the flesh. Welcome."
<Hikari> "Greetings," Hikari says, not really sure how to address a god directly. It's not something she ever thought she'd have to do.
* Mykasi nods humbly, keeping a bit quiet. Damnit, he hadn't gotten to this in class!
* Nagare bows solemnly to the deity. If nothing else, being polite and respectful would be the most appropriate. "It is our honor."
> The man, who you can only assume is Okuninushi, nods slightly in return, "Guests are a rare thing in these times, polite ones all the moreso. Have a seat, I would hear your story. Who are you, from where do you come, and what brings you to my house?"
* Hikari sits across from Okuninushi. "I am Hikari Ishigami. I was born in Kyoto, though I have lived here for some years now. And I regret to say that it is trouble which brings me to your house. Something is preying on the local citizens. We come seeking any aid you can offer to combat it, even if only information."
* Mykasi bows slightly, accepting Okuninushi's offer and sitting to Hikari's right. "I... apologize for any coarseness in my words; Japanese is not my native tongue. I am Mykasi Kaliska-Werfel, a foreigner by birth, come to Japan to study. My homeland is America. Our purpose here is as Hikari has said."
> Okuninushi shakes his head, "You misunderstand. Where is 'here' to you? Since you used the door but I didn't see it open, I assume you came from one of my shrines, and they all lead here to my house. But I don't know which one." A small smile quirks at the edge of his mouth, "Of all the qualities ascribed to me, omniscience has never been one of them."
<Hikari> "Oh, forgive me. the shrine we entered was in Kanazawa."
> "Kanazawa?" He blinks, seeming a bit surprised, "I'd forgotten I even had shrines outside of Izumo anymore. Well, what is this trouble then?"
* Nagare scratches his head, sighing. "It's... a bit complicated. The simple part is that Shadows have been running out of control startlingly often lately, and there have been spiders rewriting reality as we speak."
<Hikari> "Something supernatural is claiming the hearts of minds of our fellow citizens. 'Shadows' is the term to know these subversive entities by, yes. They take control of a person and act upon their hidden thoughts and feelings, with disastrous results."
> "Shadows?" He thinks a moment, "Ah, more of this persona mess, is it? So what is it this time, an extra hour between twelve and twelve-o-one? Demons in the television? Something else entirely?"
<Hikari> "I...excuse me, did those things actually happen?"
> Then he looks at you carefully, "Come out where I can see you."
> At his bidding, Anansi(dressed sanely, wearing his original top hat), Brynhildr and Abartach all appear behind thier respective humans.
* Nagare steps forward, trying his best to not tread inappropriately.
<Mykasi> "Oh. My apologies." Mike rubs his head bashfully. "And... no, there's neither of those. I think." (Persona mess? Good to know I'm not the only one that thinks that way.)
> Okuninushi nods to Hikari, "They did, yes. I was called upon to aid in those conflicts, albeit very breifly. The three of you seem to have strong guardians of your own already, though. And I doubt any of you would be quite compatible with my power anyway."
<Nagare> "And... what power should that be, if I may ask?"
* Hikari nods. "I believe it's mostly understanding of the problem that we seek. These are not issues any of us are accustomed to grappling with."
> "My power manifests best as the Temperance or Emperor arcanas. Which it's quite clear from looking at your other selves that the three of you are not. Unless..." he pauses, "unless one of you is actually the World arcana again? None of you seem to hold quite that kind of power, though."
> Then he laughs, "And frankly if you were, I'm sure you could find stronger allies to draw on then me!"
<Nagare> "Your light-heartedness is unexpected, but welcome, in a sense," the teacher muses. "Regardless... Hikari's point strikes true. At this juncture, rather than raw strength, knowledge is what we need."
* Mykasi shakes his head humbly. "We're confused mortals. Honestly, any ally is a strong one right now, and... as the professor says." Mike looks around carefully at this, his facial expression a mask - foiled completely by Anansi glancing around as well, obviously very interested.
> Then he offers a bit of an apologetic smile, "Knowledge isn't something I'm that gifted in either. Unless you're having an agricultural problem? Or need some advice on medicine or how to pull a bunch of people together in a crisis? Or possibly trouble with animals? Where Shadows are concerned, I'm not sure I can do much more then hit them. The human heart is a bit beyond my sphere of influance."
<Hikari> "Hitting them has proven quite successful so far, actually. Although calling together others may be of use in time, if we find more like ourselves."
<Nagare> "And honestly, we could spin the problems with Keita and Ewan as issues with animals. Although I'd gather gods aren't very keen on semantics."
> "Depends on the god, really. I prefer plain speech myself."
<Nagare> "However... this visit alone is quite interesting on its own. Do other gods have dreamscapes accessible like this?"
<Mykasi> At the mention of illness, Mike falls silent, even though Anansi keeps glancing around.
> "A dreamscape, is it?" Okuninushi casts an inquisitive glance at Nagare, "Perhaps you should tell me exactly how the problem has manifested this time, hmm?"
<Nagare> "Well. This time, the manifestations are happening within a space called The Dream. We basically enter the dreams of people to deal with their Shadows."
<Hikari> "Yes, our personas have no real power out in the normal world."
> "Hmm. Interesting. So how do you enter someone's dreams? A magic pillow or something?"
* Hikari shakes her head. "A key. Mike, show him?"
* Mykasi nods slightly to this as he seems to jerk back to reality, holding out the key. "The Dream is where the encounter with the shadows - both our own and others - takes place. People begin to act erratically in the real world, which clues us into the need to enter their dream and observe the situation. By using this key at the door to a place, we can pass into the Dream via the Velvet Room."
> "So that's his role this time. And you came here, by using that key on the door of my shrine in Kazanawa?"
<Hikari> "'His' role? Might I ask who 'he' is? and yes, that is how we came to be here."
* Mykasi nods. "Ignorant of etiquette and protocol, but choosing to venture the risk nontheless, yes."
> "The Master of the Velvet Room, of course. And that's interesting. This space here is not a dream. At least I don't think it is." A thoughtful look passes over his face, "I suppose it could be, but then would that mean that I'm asleep right now? I suppose there's one way to find out."
> He gets up and walks towards the door, moving past the three of you. Opening the door, he gazes out into...what appears to all of you to be a whole lot of nothing. Empty space, simple endless grey.
> "Tell me," he asks, "When you look out this door, what do you see?"
<Hikari> "Grey," Hikari says simply.
> "I see. Come over here." With a smile, he holds his open hand out to Hikari.
* Hikari stands and does as instructed, offering a hand to Okuninushi.
* Mykasi nods slightly to Hikari, brain working overtime as he watches, suspecting in the result.
> As Hikari takes the god's hand, the view out the door changes. She looks out upon the grounds of a magnificent palace at the foot of a mountain. The cool and refreshing breeze of the mountain flows through the door and Hikari can feel it.
> Mykasi and Nagare see only grey, and can feel no wind. Though they can see Hikari's hair rustling in it as plain as day.
> Okuninushi's smile grows, "Now what do you see?"
* Mykasi glances to Nagare for his reaction, but otherwise seems impassive.
* Nagare glances at the spectacle a bit bewildered, as if he couldn't quite understand.
<Hikari> "A...very picturesque mountain abode, I must say."
* Mykasi nods. "Okay. I think I get it now."
> "As I thought. Well, this gives me an idea on how I can help you. If you're willing to earn it."
> He lets go of Hikari's hand, and the view slowly fades back to the grey of before.
<Hikari> "I am accustomed to earning anything of importance."
* Mykasi looks to Okuni-Nushi. "I am willing to listen to any offer for exchange of services. I would not expect something for nothing."
> He shakes his head, "Not a service, there's really not much you could do that I'd need. More like a trial. I'm willing to bet that if I walk with you, you can travel from your Dream of my home into my home proper. And then out of it."
* Mykasi pauses for a moment, considering. "So... from your Dream, into your reality?" A pause. "I will accept even if none else do." A slightly quirked smile. "FOOLs rush in, as they say."
<Hikari> "I am not entirely certain what this means, but perhaps demonstration will prove educational. Where precisely will we be going?"
> He turns, addressing you all and looking for the first time as imposing as you expected a god to seem, "Here is my challenge to you. I will take you to the entrance to the underworld, it's quite close to here you know, and you will venture inside. For at least two hours you will walk, away from the entrance and the safty of the sun, and you will stay there for one day and one night."
> "If you are so bold, and survive the stay, then I will find a way to help you. And if there is nothing I can do, I will petition Susano-O myself for his aid."
<Hikari> "This sounds quite challenging. I, for one, am intrigued. I have seen all manner of strangeness come to light recently; it is, if anything, reassuring to see familiar legends before me."
> "This isn't something you need to do now, of course. I think that time spent in the underworld will pass just as normally for you as it will in your own world." His tone becomes somber, "And you may well wish to settle any affairs you have first. This is not a light challenge I put before you."
* Hikari looks at the others. "A task for the weekend, perhaps?"
<Nagare> "It's... certainly a bit daunting to tackle immediately. If nothing else, we may want to prepare ourselves towards this if we're serious about such an endeavor."
* Nagare scratches his chin, looking slightly grim. "I'd say it's less a task for the weekend than something we may want to look into at least a few months down the line."
* Mykasi nods quietly. "One never gambles any Underworld without making sure they've prepared. I am willing, but as you have said, the timing is something we will need to resolve." A moment, wherein Mike closes his eyes, looking very lost in thought.
<Hikari> "I admit that I'm very interested in seeing a land of myths come to life," Hikari says to the others. "And the reward may be great. I would not wish to wait overly long, though I understand any hesitation."
<Nagare> "It's quite a task to perform, and we have a fair amount of things to deal with at the current juncture. I do admit this is an interesting idea, but I don't want us to bite more than we can chew in this situation."
<Hikari> "Very well. But when we have no other apparent leads, I will remind you all of this option."
* Mykasi keeps his eyes closed a moment. "It's not a Dream - it never was one, so much as it is an individual's own personal world, then. For you, this would be a manifest and solid place, as this is the bedrock of the world beyond mortal life. for humans, it wouldn't be, it would be literally their Dreams. Regardless, on both sides, it leads us to where the being is rooted. Sound plausible?"
> Okuninushi considers, "Hmm. That's a decent theory. Frankly you'd have to ask the Master of the Velvet Room how accurate it is. I think he's the only one who really understands how all the different kinds of reality work together."
* Mykasi nods slightly. "Alright. And as Hikari has said, I think we will undertake this when worldly leads grow slim. Currently, there's a few that we can access, so." A pause, as Anansi looks over the weaponry, not touching but definitely admiring. "I... admit to being a bit overwhelmed by all this, Sir."
> "Well, then you have your challenge. Go back to your own world now, and return to me when you are prepared."
* Hikari nods and bows respectfully. "Of course. Thank you for your assistance. We will return when we're ready."
<Nagare> "Sounds like the best course of action. It was a pleasure meeting you regardless. We'll see you again," Nagare adds as he bows.
<Mykasi> "Very well. Thank you for taking time to listen to us." Mike nods, standing and bowing as he steals another glance around the room, Anansi looking up from the weapons and bowing as well.
> And with that, the three persona users return to their own world and head home, a test of courage from a god to consider....
> -------------------------------------------

[VySaika]

> ------------------------------------------------------
> Thursday afternoon, the trio takes thier leave of Okuninushi, his challenge still fresh in thier minds. As they return to the Velvet Room, Theresa bows as usual, "Welcome back."
* Mykasi bows slightly in return. "That was, ah... intriguing."
> "Find what you were looking for?"
* Nagare waves, looking slightly overwhelmed. "We... found -something-, that's a certainty."
<Mykasi> "Considering I don't know what I was expecting in the first place, that was incredibly pleasant." Mike grins slightly. "I take it not all are like that?"
> Theresa smirks, "Hardly. Gods are just as varied as the myths would tell you. Never really know what you're going to get until you talk to them."
<Mykasi> "Fair enough." Mike nods slightly, before glancing to Igor, and then back to Theresa. "I'd like to pass a statement by you two - if you can tell me if it's accurate or not, I'd appreciate it."
> Igor nods, "Should you go seeking others, be warned that not all forces called Dieties are as the myths describe them. Some are more or less benevolent then expected, and some are even less comprehensible then you might believe."
* Mykasi nods to Igor. "That makes sense, sure."
<Hikari> "If mythology is any guide, hopefully the ones to stay away from should be at least somewhat obvious."
> Igor makes a noncommittal shrug, "You may ask anything you wish, though there are things I may not answer."
<Mykasi> "Understood." Mike nods, clearing his throat slightly, before, "What we call the Dream is more an individual's own, self-contained world. For beings like you all, Okuninushi, and suchlike, this is a conscious, controlled, perhaps independent place. For humans, it's their contained world inside their head. Either way, though, it's where the being in question is rooted, isn't it?"
> Igor shakes his head, "Not entirely correct, but it is difficult to explain entirely. For now, it is enough to know that the Dream is influenced both by the human world, and by the wills of supernatual entities that exist within it. None have complete control over the Dream, even in the area they would call home, as it cannot entirely be controlled. At least not consciously."
* Mykasi nods slowly. "Okay. That makes some sense, yes... hmmm." Mike's face turns pensive for a moment, before he nods. "Thanks. That helps some."
<Mykasi> "You guys got anything? That's all I wanted to ask."
* Hikari shakes her head. "No, I'm sufficiently far out to sea already."
* Mykasi nods slightly. "Right. Thank you again, Igor, Theresa."
> Igor nods, "Shall I return you to your own world now?"
> He gestures towards the door, it glows and the glow fades. He nods. You all know the routine by now.
* Hikari returns to the real world, somewhat grateful to do so. Hanging out with gods is definitely a novel kind of weirdness even by recent standards.
> (OOC: The Scene Change are over, yeah~)
> OOC: Nagare, Soul check if you please
<Nagare> roll 2d8
<Penuche> Nagare invokes Penuche's magic: < 10 >12 [d8=5,5]
> You all exit the shrine.
* Mykasi looks around again, stretching a bit. "Thanks for entertaining this idea, you guys. You two have any plans?"
<Hikari> "Not immediately, outside of perhaps stalking campus again for that mysterious stranger."
<Nagare> "I... don't, really. Not besides the usual strutting. Although maybe I should check the teacher's lounge for more updates on the dean's wife."
* Mykasi nods slightly. "I've got some more tweaking to do on that program, make it cleaner and faster. You two work on those two avenues, then?"
<Hikari> "Of course. I will put all my effort into standing around outside at night hoping something happens," Hikari says, largely without irony.
* Mykasi sighs a bit, looking at Hikari with a rather odd cross of pity, annoyance and some third emotion. "If you can think of something better, that'd be awesome. I don't know. We are kinda out of leads other than these two, so..."
* Mykasi glances at Nagare. "Maybe you should go do that before it gets too late?"
<Hikari> "I'm afraid I don't have much more in the way of ideas. Perhaps Nagare can ask around first and find an alternative option?"
* Mykasi nods slightly. "I'll let you two formulate your battle plan. I'm going to go follow up the online leads and see if anything's turned up, then." A rueful smile. "Guess all I get to do is sit on my bum and hope something happens, eh?"
* Nagare awkwardly scratches his head. "Um, sure, I'll work right on that. Although, on the field of asking people... Hikari, you think you might want trying to actually talk to Oda and Shiro regarding their efforts? They might be helpful in that search."
* Mykasi waves a bit, before getting on the motorized bike, disabling the motor, and pedaling off.
<Hikari> "Mike might be more appropriate since he knows them better, but I suppose I can do that."
> Mike pedals off, leaving Nagare and Hikari at the shrine.
<Nagare> "Well, in that he knows them better, yes. But... well, you are the one conducting the actual search, and the purposes match. I'm sure they're already aware of this by now as well. And you probably don't have to worry. If nothing else, I know Oda is a good lad."
<Nagare> "But anyhow, we should go. There's still plenty of ground to cover."
> OOC: So what's the plan of action here. Mike's going back to programming, Hikari is going to talk to Shiro/Oda and Nagare is going to try to socialize with other teachers to learn more about the Dean's wife? It's fairly late Thurs afternoon now, so is Nagare going to look teachers up today or tomorrow?
<Hikari> OO: sounds good.
<Hikari> *OOC
<Nagare> OOC: Tomorrow sounds better for the socialization.
> OOC: Is Hikari going to try to find those two before stalker hunting, or just look for them while you're out there?
<Mykasi> OOC: Mike mentioned in passing that Shiro at least was out of commision during his part of the talk before godvisit.
<Hikari> OOC: may as well talk to them first. If they have helpful info, awesome.
> (OOC: Ready, Set, Go it's time to Scene Change~)
> Hikari returns to campus...quite conveniently noticing Asakura sitting out at the old picnic table doing his homework as she heads for the dorm.
* Hikari approaches. "Ah, Asakura, good afternoon. May I sit?"
> He looks up, bandage still around his head, "Huh? Yeah, sure. Lemme guess, you're here about creep hunting?"
* Hikari nods, appreciating the straightfroward approach. "Yes," she says, taking up a seat opposite him.
> Asakura chuckles, "So why didn't you just let me and Oda know that's what you were out there for when we ran into you?"
<Hikari> "The dispensing of vigilante justice isn't a subject one normally things to bring up with near-strangers."
<Hikari> "Although really I'm just trying to find out who it is," Hikari adds.
> Shiro nods, "Yeah, the way nobody can describe him is pretty damn shady. I'd like to ask him some questions myself, but he doesn't seem too inclined to cooperate. Ran from the rent-a-cops and then from me."
> He slams a balled up fist into his other open hand, "Almost had the fucker, if it wasn't for that crow."
<Hikari> "So you actually saw him? Do you remember any details?"
> Asakura shakes his head, "Didn't get a really good look at him. Saw a guy slinking around in the shadows outside the women's dorms, started trying to slip over there quietly. He spotted me before I could get a good look, 'cause he took off running. He's pretty fast, but I'd have caught him before he even made the parking lot. Except..." he taps the bandage around his head.
> "Crow came out of nowhere and started scratching at me. Cut me up pretty good before I caught the little shit. But the creep was long gone by then."
> "I know he was kinda tall and fairly skinny. Short hair." He thinks for a moment, "Couldn't get anything else, I never got a look at him in the light."
<Hikari> "Not exactly normal behavior for crows. I wonder if it wasn't a normal bird. Do you mind if I ask what prompted the two of you to start this search?"
> Shiro shrugs, "Honestly? I think the guy's got something to do with all the weird shit going on, and I don't like sitting on my ass doing nothing when stuffs going to hell around me." Then he raises an eyebrow at you, "Mind if I ask you the same question?"
<Hikari> "As long as you don't mind receiving exactly the same answer," Hikari says. "I think the recent strangeness goes further than most people would expect."
> He nods, "No argument there. You planning to look for him again tonight?"
<Hikari> "Yes. And I'll be sure to keep a look out for unfriendly birds. I wonder, would you say the crow was deliberately helping this man? Protecting him, perhaps?"
> Shiro nods, "I was actually thinking about that, yeah. Wouldn't be the weirdest thing I've seen lately. Oh, and if you want, you can probably take the night off. That guy came this close," he holds his thumb and forefinger about half an inch apart, "from getting caught last night. Unless he's got brass testicles, he's not coming back tonight."
* Hikari nods and stands up. "Well, I admit I could use the rest. Thank you for your help. I'll let you know if I unocver anything of import."
> He nods back, then stands up himself, "Hold up a second. Call me forward here, but have you eaten yet?"
* Hikari doesn't seem bothered. "I have not."
> Shiro grins, "Want to go grab something, then?"
* Hikari nods. "Lead the way."
> He gathers his papers up, stuffs them in his bag and leads the way off to dinner!
> OOC: Alright, so Hikari is passing on hunting that night, so time skip to Friday so Nagare can info gather?
<Mykasi> OOC: Works by me, Mike can toil away in the shadows~
<Hikari> OOC: Sure.
> (OOC: Louder then Scenes, louder then Change~)
> Around lunchtime on Friday, Nagare's stomache reminds him of the time while he's in the middle of writing the lecture for his next Political Law class.
* Nagare grumbles as he saves the lecture's drafts on his laptop. "It's always when you're busy," the teacher muses to himself. On the other hand, it'd probably be a good opportunity to do some recon at the teachers' lounge. Pick up some cheap ramen close by for travel, quietly simmer down in the room and pick up the odd pieces here and there.
> Nagare heads into the teacher's lounge, only to find Dr. Takahiro Adaki, the dean himself, quietly taking tea in there, along with the American history professor, Dr. Peter Jocyce. The smell of the green tea fills the room, as it's been brewed quite strong.
> The two men dont' seem to be saying anything, simply enjoying the quiet and the aroma. They nod politely as you enter the room, the dean greeting you, "Dr. Suiren, good afternoon."
* Nagare blinks in surprise, meekly eyeing the dean and Jocyce afterwards. The ramen pack dangles somewhat awkwardly from the teacher's left hand, the laptop leaves his right arm busy. "Good afternoon, gentlemen. This is a pleasant smell to be greeted by."
<Nagare> "Although... it's quite a rare sight to see you here, Mr. Adaki. What brings you to this humble abode?"
> Adaki nods, "Sometimes it is nice to be where one is not expected to be. Though I understand it's nearly as rare to see you in here. I trust everything at the university is satisfactory for you?"
* Nagare nods half humbly, half embarrassedly, trying to sit down and put his things on the table with as much care as he can. "I usually tend to need the quiet in my office too often, sadly. Makes it hard for me to come to the lounge often. Now, for how things are going, the university has been treating me very kindly, actually. I'm grateful for the opportunity - it is quite a challenge, but it's been eye-opening in a big way."
> Jocyce smiles and reaches for the teapot, "Care for a cup?"
* Nagare glances to Peter, nodding. "If it's not a bother, I'll accept a cup. It's been a while since I got to sit down and enjoy some tea. Thank you, Mr. Jocyce."
> He grabs another cup from the nearby counter and pours it, "Here you go."
* Nagare nods, sipping the tea slowly.
> Adaki nods and sips his own tea, "Good to hear. I'm rather pleased to have a professor of law in the school now. We're largely a tech school, but I think it's becoming more and more important for the young and eager minds to understand the laws regarding thier feilds before they go tearing off to invent who knows what."
<Nagare> "The importance of law for a person's formation is vastly underrated in general, I have to add. It's unfortunate that most people get little to no headway into even the basics, since so much of it downright governs our lives in society. The initiative was very fortunate, I have to say," Nagare adds.
> Jocyce nods and chuckles a bit, "If you think it's important here, you should spend some time in the States. I'm surprised anyone can get by without getting sued twice a year sometimes."
* Nagare snickers. "The hilarious part is that the people suing there seem just as oblivious of the law on average as your typical rock, from the reports I've seen. The file records on a few of those cases border on the absurdist comedy side."
> Jocyce laughs, "You want absurd? The best one I've ever heard is a Baptist reverend trying to sue my father for passing out flyers inviting his church members to a barbeque."
> The dean raises an eyebrow, "What on earth is lawsuit worthy about that?"
> Jocyce grins, "My father is a Rabbi. He was just trying to get the various religious communities in town together to do a meet and greet, maybe talk about communal events."
* Nagare grins. "I'm certain that this wasn't the response he'd like to get by exercising cultural/religious tolerance. Heck, he could sue the reverend more plausibly for that reaction, although that'd be obviously missing the point."
* Nagare pleasantly wades through the small talk, at some point trying to get some information about Ms. Adaki - which, in the end, was what he came for initially.
<Nagare> roll 2d8 please don't let me get fired
<Penuche> Nagare invokes Penuche's magic: < 3 >12 [d8=1,2]
> After a few more shared anecdotes about stupid people and the law, the subject of the dean's wife comes up. He's...very quiet about her for a bit. Sympathies are offered and he accepts them with a nod. She's still going in for her real treatments at the hospital, so he's letting her pursue her fantasy of a "magic potion" to heal her.
> After he got the list of ingredients quietly checked out by a doctor to make sure they wouldn't hurt her, of course.
> The dean quite clearly does not believe in any sort of magical nonsense, but it's giving her some hope that she hasn't had in awhile. Even if it's just a big lie.
* Nagare listens in carefully, nodding sympathetically.
> He does mention with a laugh that at least she's showing her usual shrewd shopping demeanor while doing this. One particular new age herbal medicine shop is getting lots of repeat business from her since the owner actually haggles. You don't get the name, but that shouldn't be a hard rumor to follow up on/just search online or something.
* Nagare scratches his head, nodding and sipping some more tea. The information isn't entirely precise, but the lead was welcome all the same. Given the circumstances the info was obtained under, it was really a bit of a blessing.
> The three gentlemen have tea until thier various duties call them elsewhere.
> (OOC: Gotta Scene like we're Changing~)
> Friday afternoon, after classes are over. The trio of Persona Users goes to talk at a random ramen shop instead of pouring into Nagare's office yet again.
* Nagare sits down, smiling somewhat sardonically to his companions. "We've been certainly eating a lot of ramen lately."
<Mykasi> The Mary Sue Ramen Confectionary Plaza? Man, they really do like their Engrish over here. "One teriyaki bowl, please." Then, to Nagare, "I'm a college student."
<Nagare> "Point duly noted."
> Mike gets his teriyaki bowl in short order. This place isn't great, but it's fast, cheap and has free wi-fi for paying customers.
* Mykasi glances to Nagare. "Okay, wi-fi key's on my receipt. What do you want this for, anyway?"
* Nagare nods, breathes and takes out his laptop. "Anyhow, while we wait for the meal of champions, we can advance a bit further in our lead hunting. Regarding Mr. Adaki's wife... the situation seems to be mostly the same regarding -her-. However, it seems there's one specific shop she seems to go to particularly often for her alchemic shopping, so to speak."
<Nagare> "The main information about it being the fact that it's just about the only new age herbal store to actually haggle. From there, getting a lead on the actual store shouldn't be too hard."
* Mykasi nods. "Alright, look it up, then?" To Hikari, "Anything from Shiro or the night watch?"
* Nagare opens the laptop and begins the search. Well, it -shouldn't- be too hard.
> OOC: Roll computers, Nagare. Target is Mind+3
<Nagare> roll 2d8
<Penuche> Nagare invokes Penuche's magic: < 9 >12 [d8=7,2]
<Hikari> "Little that we didn't already know. They saw the suspect around the girl's dorms, attempted to pursue, and were attacked by a crow while the suspect fled."
<Mykasi> "Huh, it was while the suspect fled? That they didn't tell me." Mike muses.
> It's not too hard to find. Someone mentions it in a forum, then you look up the address once you have the name. It's a little place called Satomi Tadashi. Apparently it's part of a chain of indepentently owned pharmacies with a bent for the weird.
<Hikari> "Yes. It seemed its interference allowed him to get away. I wonder if this will be a problem in attempting to track him...I wonder if the bird is protecting this mysterious individual somehow. I wouldn't normally ascribe such motivations to simple animals, but...well, these aren't normal circumstances."
* Nagare raises his eyebrow as his search provides a fruitful result. "... huh, this was mostly painless. Satomi Tadashi. For some reason, this doesn't sound entirely unfamiliar to me."
<Mykasi> "I asked about the bird as well. Mayhaps it's a connection to the raven-dreamcatchers?" Mike notes, before a glance to Nagare. "Satomi Tadashi? Never heard of it."
<Hikari> "I've never heard of it, but it's not the sort of store I frequent. And yes, Mike, I'd considered that. I wonder if there might be any sort of countermeasures we could take to avoid this bird causing problems for us."
<Mykasi> "Well, no Personas... what works as bird repellant? Will it work on unnatural birds?" Mike muses.
<Nagare> "The bird causing problems for us sounds like just the beginning, though. I have to wonder if this isn't a prelude to Dreamscapes actually getting to reach the borders of reality."
<Hikari> "I don't know, Mike. But maybe if Nagare was around he could sense its presence if it is unnatural in some way? Ihate to drag you out for another late night, professor, but it may help. And please don't even suggest the likes of robot dinosaur wars spilling over into the real world."
* Mykasi closes his eyes for a moment. "Mmm. Well, thinking on this won't do us too much good - we lack the info needed for a coherent picture. Let's try this place, then? We can follow up birdman later."
<Nagare> "I'm fine with that, sure. And... yes, I think this may be warranted, Hikari."
* Hikari nods. "Let's try the store for now, yes."
> You all eat ramen and then head out for the directions Nagare got for the Satomi Tadashi store.
> Arriving outside the shop, it's a small place with a big sign over the door in bright red and yellow announcing the name. Posters advertising sales and specials are plastered in the two windows, making it difficult to see inside at all. It seems to be a very colorful place at least.
<Hikari> "The biggest mystery may be how we never noticed this store before now."
* Nagare blinks. "I think the actual mystery is why would we want to. Whoever is in charge of this place certainly knows their shopping brainwashing manual."
<Mykasi> "It... looks like a small American store, from the outside. Must've been why I never paid attention." Mike muses. "Let's look around and see what's inside?"
<Nagare> "No other place to go other than the dragon's throat."
* Hikari nods and walks inside!
> You head inside. The inside is brightly lit and also quite colorful. The walls are a standard white, very clean, but the products everywhere are all in bright packaging with catchy images and names, the things that aren
> 't in packages like some crystals and things are sitting in just as aggressive displays. An almost irritatingly catchy song plays over the store's speakers, advertising the wonderous effects of many of it's more signiature products.
* Nagare winces as the song seeps into his ears. "... they -definitely- know," the teacher mutters.
<Hikari> "This makes my ears itch," Hikari says, looking around for the proprietor (or even other customers if there are any).
<Mykasi> "'This place must seem like paradise for one who does not know how to read.'" Mike comments glibly, seemingly less affected. "Or something like that. Regardless... mmm. I'm gonna look around some, see if anything catches my eye as possibly pertinent. You two see if you can find someone and inquire into what she's taking? Pretend like you wanna try it too or something, Iunno." And with that Mike begins heading out, looking into differen
<Mykasi> And with that Mike begins heading out, looking into different isles and at different stands.
> There's another customer in there, a pregnant woman currently being sold multiple things by the stereotypically beady-eyed salesman with a huuuuge smile.
* Nagare begins rummaging through the aisles, looking at the medicines, checking the obnoxious stands... humming that 4goddamned song. Oh dear.
> She finishes her purchases and with a cheerfull smile heads out of the shop...whistling the tune on her way out.
> Nagre and Mykasi both quickly notice that the store does not seem to carry ANY major brand of medicine. It's all the store brand. Everything.
<Hikari> "I feel like I'm being brainwashed," Hikari mutters before approaching the salesman with a friendly smile. "Good afternoon, sir."
* Nagare blinks, noticing the oddity right then. Scratching his head, he glances at Mykasi confusedly. "... how is this even -possible-?"
<Mykasi> Intriguing. Wonder how much of it's actually legit knockoffs, and not just placebo pills? Mike scans one, trying to make sense of a label. "Knockoff brand? Possible they get the bottles and meds from one place, and then replace the labeling with their own at the factory. Would make some sense." he notes.
<Nagare> "I -will- have to look at this chain's legal records at some point if this has any whiff of truth. If nothing else, that'd be enough insanity to keep myself entertained on a slow weekend," the teacher muses in vague disbelief.
> The salesman, who's nametag proclaims him to be Yuudai Aizo, smiles widely at Hikari, "Good afternoon miss, welcome to Satomi Tadashi! How can I help you today? Looking for natural alternatives to artificial medicines? I promise you that we carry a remedy for every common ailment and our experts can help you find what you need for even more exotic and reslient afflictions."
<Mykasi> "Mmm." Mike nods distractedly, looking over a bottle of Soma Tablets carefully before putting it back with a snort. "That's something, at least."
<Hikari> "Oh, I heard about this store from Miss Adaki and I had to come see for myself. I...have a relative with a similar ailment, so I was wondering if you could direct me to the same medicine as Miss Adaki. I thought, it couldn't hurt to try, right?" Hikari says with a fragile expression. Just a poor young woman worried about her sick grandma, yep.
> OOC: Soul check, Hikari. Put on that act
<Hikari> roll 2d8 I'm a soulllll (wo)man
<Penuche> Hikari invokes Penuche's magic: < 6 >12 [d8=3,3]
* Nagare raises his eyebrow, noticing trustworthy, commendable commercial goods such as Goho-M Essences and Dis-Poison Blues. "Oh dear. Where do they come up with these names?"
* Mykasi eyes the latter, looking the bottle over for an ingredient label. "Two to one odds this poisons you worse than it aids you."
<Nagare> "The latter part is aptly named, that's for certain."
> He returns a gentle, reassuring smile, "Ah...that's quite sad to hear. It's against store policy to discuss the purchases of other customers I'm afraid. Though I suppose I could...say, reccomend to you as a new customer what remedies I would use to treat that particular illness, hmm? I don't think that would be breaking any rules now, would it?"
* Hikari nods. "Yes, please. I'd be grateful for your assistance."
<Mykasi> "I think blue would be the last color they'd hit." Mike says, before switching to English. "Haven't heard back from Endless Admin just yet - still waiting there."
* Nagare whispers, following the language change. "How long's it been since the last contact?"
> He picks up a basket and wanders though the aisles, picking up various medicines, herbs and suppliments here and there, explaining to Hikari how each one should be used in turn and extolling the virtues of thier effectiveness.
<Mykasi> "I tried earlier in the week." Mike shakes his head.
* Hikari listens attentively! she has her grandma to worry about, after all, she should know about these products in detail!
<Mykasi> "I'll give it a bit more time, since I don't like my other options, but... I can hope he'll respond eventually."
> WHat he carefully does not mention is the price tag of each item. And indeed most items are suspiciously lacking listed prices.
> Passing by Mike and Nagare, he picks up that bottle of Soma Tablets and asks if they need any help while he's over there, returning to the counter with Hikari once they wave him off(or so I assume).
* Mykasi waves him off politely and in somewhat awkward Japanese, though he does look to the Professor to confirm - after all, he's Mike's senior here!
* Nagare complies with Mykasi, waits for the salesman to steer off, then nods to Mike. "It's best to just keep the profile low. He probably has to take the whole thing carefully himself, and... let's face it, may as well just play along with the rhythm here. It's up to him rather than you right now.
<Mykasi> "Ngh. I dislike waiting, it's one of our slim leads right now. Though arguably I'd only be satisfied with like ten hundred leads." A wry grin crosses Mike's face at this as he goes back to looking at meds. "Hah. Mediarahan Mega Medicine?"
> Once he gets back to the counter, he starts going through the basket, setting the prices for each item. Most of them are fairly cheap, though those Soma Tablets are...really not. At all. (OOC: gonna try to haggle with him?)
* Hikari has money to spare. She hates wasting it on products that she assumes are worthless, but hey, it's for the greater good, right? She doesn't ask any inconvenient questions.
<Hikari> OOC: sure, I'll save money if I can.
* Nagare nods, then waffles back to the medicine stands. "The Mega in the name certainly can't come from the size of this flask. This is downright -surreal-."
> OOC: Hikari...does not seem to have any of the skills I would use for haggling, so go ahead and roll Mind, +2 for your Appearance feature at least.
<Hikari> roll 2d6 smartness is not my best trait
<Penuche> Hikari invokes Penuche's magic: < 4 >12 [d6=1,3]
> OOC: try 2d8 instead
<Hikari> roll 2d8
<Penuche> Hikari invokes Penuche's magic: < 7 >12 [d8=4,3]
> roll 2d8 store clerk haggling
<Penuche> Gatewalker invokes Penuche's magic: < 7 >12 [d8=1,6]
* Mykasi chuckles, looking down the list. "... Recarm Remedy. Man, this is so cheesy."
> Hikari manages to get most of the items marked down a little, but he won't budge on the Soma price. Good thing you have your own account, or explaining this one to your parents would be troublesome.
* Nagare actually picks up the flask to read the extolling on the lines. "... is it just me or this medicine is actually claiming it can revive small children and animals?"
* Hikari winces a little at the price tag just because, if she's getting gouged, she'd rather get gouged for something worthwhile. Oh well. A lead is a lead.
* Mykasi blinks at Nagare's comment, checking itself. "...warning. May not be for those not already suffering from existence of supernatural phenomenae." A pause. "... Wait, what?"
> Hikari pays for her items, and the helpful salesman bags them all for her. Since she bought so much, she gets a complementary cloth shopping bag with the Satomi Tadahi logo on it~
* Nagare blinks as well, coughing as if trying to divert a few strange thoughts from his mind.
* Hikari makes her way out of the store. The sooner she can expunge that song from her head, the better!
* Mykasi checks the nearby med bottle, but doesn't finish reading the warnings before he spots Hikari leaving and heads to follow. Better than 'My milkshake brings all the boSE%HERG IT'S BACK IN HIS HEAD'.
* Nagare follows, eyeing Mykasi in astonished disbelief. The tune, however, just wouldn't go away, as he hummed it much to his despair.
> And thus they take thier leave of the odd little store...
> ------------------------------

[VySaika]

<Mykasi> ------------------------------(moo)---------
<Mykasi> A dark night in a city that knows how to keep its secrets... but on the first floor of Hantai Force's cafe, two men (and one woman) are still trying to find the answers to life's persistent questions.....Guy Noir, Private Eye. Or rather, Mike, Hikari and Nagare at a multicultural restaurant. Whichever you want to believe, really.
<Mykasi> "So. I kinda asked you guys to meet up, since, uh... I've got a weird question, ever since we met Okuni-nushi." Mike starts off once he gets his beef bowl (with a side of pizza).
<Hikari> "Weird questions are not unexpected in light of weird events. And meeting a god certainly qualifies. Go ahead, Mike."
<Nagare> "May as well."
<Mykasi> "He mentioned he had... sponsored... another person for a brief time beforehand. Does this mean that we're... sponsored by our own relative forces? Was Valeriya?" A pause. "Not sure about you guys, but I'm not sure I'm qualified."
<Nagare> "I don't think this is a matter of being qualified or not, honestly. It just... happened. This isn't exactly a hero's destined tale."
<Hikari> "I hadn't really considered it, but I have to agree with Nagare. It would require tremendous arrogance for me to think I was picked out specifically by a valkyrie to be some sort of hero."
<Mykasi> "I..." A pause, rubbing his head. "Not quite what I mean. Okuninushi said he had lent his power to other conflicts like ours for a brief bit. I'm not thinking about this in terms of heroics, so much... but there must be a reason for involvement or something, right? I'm just trying to grasp what he meant by lending that power."
Auto away: 30mins of no action
Auto Away deactivated, manual Away set:10 Auto Away: 30mins of no action
Auto away is active
<Mykasi> "Since it sounds like our three Personas are, somehow, a form of that lending. I named it 'sponsorship' for lack of a better term."
<Hikari> "Well, he is a god. Maybe it was in response to someone actually praying to him. Although, given the state of that shrine..."
<Nagare> "It... I don't know. Given the nature of Personas, I think this is more likely to be one of many possible bodies from a vast unconscious collective to rise up. A person can have infinite faces. From the sea of personalities drawn from our cultural history, one comes up, reflecting aspects of ourselves."
<Mykasi> "Yeah, but why would he have mentioned lending power to the entire thing?" Mike says, frowning. "I mean, this is really bloody complex, no fooling. I'm not saying there's a straight answer, anywhere in this, as much as that annoys me. Mmm. Hikari, that's a possibility? I suppose I'm unsure, since we were talking about Personas by then, but he also did mention other shrines..." A pause, before glancing to Nagare.
<Mykasi> "Iunno. Seems kinda weird for a god to be assigned as granting power to a mortal, even kinda indirectly via the Persona - I mean, I'm pretty damn sure personAnansi's me, perhaps just fueled by Anansi himself? Bleah. But why would they agree to this? Some sort of uniting pact? A group force of beings working together against the general negative mojo?"
<Nagare> "Well, as for the mention, in practice, it's what happens, no? The Persona is both a part of you -and- the totem impersonated. This makes more sense if you keep in mind that gods, in a sense, are created by people."
* Hikari can only shrug and look from one of her partners to the other here. All this metaphysical stuff is quite outside of what she normally thinks about.
<Mykasi> "That's... mmm. Are they?" Mike muses, looking up. "It's easy to presume we're the center of the universe, but I don't know if I buy that."
<Hikari> "I would say we are not just on general principle. Certainly not us specifically. It would be tremendously arrogant to think so."
<Nagare> "The mythological ideas come from a creative consciousness. We create myths. We create fairy tales. However, I'm not saying that the metaphysical forms - truly powerclad at that - of the gods are -our- creation. Just the concept. Which... could possibly have formed into a life of its own."
<Nagare> "But getting there also assumes a few million other insane possibilities."
<Mykasi> "Or the concept was created after feeling the influence of said gods or outside forces." Mike muses.
<Hikari> "Well, my definition of a sane universe has undergone some revisions lately anyway."
<Nagare> "The speculation line we started here is pretty much an endless matriochka - opening one little possibility lends into another, and another, and another.  We're basically opening the wild mass guessing of the universe here. Of course... one of the gods himself could give a bit of insight to this."
<Mykasi> "Feels awkward to ask, tho." Mike grins. "'Hi, uh, did we make you guys?' Not sure that'd go over well with anyone but Anansi or his ilk - and good luck on a straight answer there."
<Nagare> "Well, you hardly need to be that direct. Questioning things like a possible age, memory of times could give a bit of insight. This would also involve researching their own mythos, though. And... hmmmm, there's also the possibility of cross-checking mythological facts with them."
<Hikari> "I don't know, Okuninushi seemed quite reasonable."
<Mykasi> "Yeah, but... eh. It sits poorly with me. And yeah, Okuninushi seems reasonable, I'm just thinking we need to pass his test before we can get anywhere with him right now. And that'll be a bit."
* Nagare ponders. "Mmmm. I could always do some homework regarding Abartach. I'm sure gods or warriors of legend, at least, wouldn't be shy to put their exploits to a litmus test, at worst."
<Hikari> "Yes, I was wondering when everyone would be ready for that. I admit to a great deal of curiosity about visiting a locale straight out of mythology. I am somewhat eager to go."
<Mykasi> "There's that, too. We could just ask for stories." Mike muses, nodding to Hikari after a moment. "I'd like to wrap up our current leads first, but I'd consider it after that. It may sound rather overambitious or risky, but... honestly, if this is to go on much longer? We need support and aid. Bad."
<Nagare> "Even ignoring -that- aspect, knowing more about this little debacle helps us wrap our heads around it. Especially because I'm pretty sure we'll have this company for a long time."
* Hikari shrugs. "Is it more or less risky than having me stand as bait for the local stalker?"
* Mykasi stares at Hikari for a moment.
<Hikari> "What?"
<Mykasi> "Venturing into the doors of the realm of death for a day and a night and trying to survive there... or about four hours tops of standing around, looking silly and chasing down some creepy idiot."
<Hikari> "I'll have you know it was very cold that night."
<Hikari> "I saw your roommate out and about then as well, you should know. He looked very satisfied about something."
<Mykasi> "..." Mike stares for a moment longer, before a grin creeps across his face. Slowly, he just shakes his head, laughing.
* Nagare coughs.
<Nagare> "Speaking of stalking. You heard about what happened to the convicted stalker recently?"
<Hikari> "Hm? The American? Bland?"
* Mykasi seems about ready to say something, before stopping and glancing to Nagare. "No, what?"
* Nagare nods. "Exactly. I got the newspaper with a note on how he has been hospitalized after beating his head into a concrete wall until fainting."
<Hikari> "I...well, that's...drastic and disturbing. Practically speaking, however...it does make it much easier for us to reach him."
<Nagare> "And if the newspaper is to be believed... I really want to say that there's nearly no way a Shadow wouldn't be involved."
* Ranmilia is now known as Yanderanmilia
<Mykasi> "...christ." Mike mutters. "It... yeah, if we can figure out a good way to get to him, I'd like to. Presuming that he survives such injuries."
<Hikari> "Do we know which hospital he's been moved to?"
<Nagare> "I'd have to look at the paper again. I have to admit I haven't looked at the news too closely. Had a surprise guest."
<Hikari> "Oh?"
<Mykasi> "Ah." Mike replies, before muttering in Miwok, 11"Named Right Hand, I'd guess."
* Hikari looks at Mike in mild confusion. "Excuse me?"
<Mykasi> "Just muttering about how it's too bad about Bland. Wish we could've done more."
* Nagare coughs.
<Mykasi> "Who was the guest?"
<Hikari> "I see," Hikari says with a nod.
* Nagare putters a bit. "It was... well. You know how we've been seeing very strange things, but all within the Dream? I've also get to see those outside of it."
<Mykasi> "...really?" Mike frowns. "I mean, I'm not doubting you, but that's interesting. What've you been seeing?"
<Hikari> "Yes, I recall that you could see the shadows of Okuro's brothers from outside their apartment. This may prove useful in preventing birds from attacking me. But go on."
<Nagare> "The closest approximation to it would be a ghost. She's a small girl that can't be seen by most people, and her name is Alice."
<Hikari> "A ghost? Well, in normal circumstances I wouldn't credit such a claim, but...we did speak to a god recently. How long has this been happening?"
<Mykasi> "...Alice?" Mike raises an eyebrow. "How Western. Why's she in Japan?"
<Nagare> "I have absolutely no idea. She doesn't really know either. All I know about her is that she is only visible by people who have been in a death state before. Well, and that she talks to me. It's been happening since about a day before Abartach awakening."
<Hikari> "'Death state?' I assume there's a story behind this?"
<Mykasi> "That's... only visible to people who have been in a 'death state' before? That's... mmm." A frown. "Alice? Really? A ghost named Alice? What's she look like?" A glance to Hikari, at her question. Well, at least he doesn't have to be the blunt one here.
* Nagare scratches his head and glances blankly at Hikari. Then, he pauses and continues. "Well. There is a story behind this, but it's not in the forefront. I can talk about this later. As for Alice... she... very much looks the part of an Alice in Wonderland. Blonde, doll-like complexion, wears a little dress. She does happen to also be inordinately sweet, if very sad."
* Hikari nods. "You don't have to elaborate if you don't want to. I didn't mean to press you about something unpleasant."
<Mykasi> "Alice in Wonderland, eh...?" Mike says, musing. "Bizarre. Sounds a lot like the Wonderland stereotype Alice, yes..." A flicker of something crosses Mike's face, before he stills it again. "Maybe humanity does make its own problems, sometimes."
<Nagare> "Well... it may not even be human. The closest approximation to her from an empiric and logical standpoint would be a ghost, but... I'm not sure that's entirely right for her."
<Hikari> "Have you asked her exactly what she is? If she even knows?"
<Nagare> "I have. And she doesn't have the slightest about it."
* ChanServ changes topic to 'Mike(65/70 hp), Nagare(75/75 hp)[20/90 ep], Hikari(5/90 hp)[60/70 ep]'
<Mykasi> "Schroedinger's little girl." Mike shrugs. "Still, kinda awkward."
* Yanderanmilia is now known as Ranmilia
<Nagare> "Well... she also says she talked to someone recently that seemed to have abandoned her in one of our first talks. Which honestly makes me wonder. Many people who -can- see her try to pretend she doesn't exist to boot, so her life is... rather impressively lonely."
* Ranmilia is now known as Yanderanmilia
* Retrieving #personador modes...
* Gatewalker changes topic to 'This is a topic, this is a topic. This is only a topic.'
<Hikari> "Hm. I wonder, do you think we could see her? Is it worth trying to find out?"
<Mykasi> "...someone abandoned her?" A look of half-anger, half pity crosses Mike's face and lingers. "That's harsh, doing that to anything that sounds as confused as she is. And yeah, if she can be met, I'd like to. Though... preferably without the, uh, dying thing or whatever it is."
<Nagare> "Well... I could -try- to introduce her to you, but it'd be quite awkward. I'm not sure how she'd feel about it either, I'd have to talk about it. She'd be ecstatic to meet new people, but being unable to converse directly could be very frustrating to her. And... given how she talks about it... abandoning could mean many things. I wouldn't be surprised if she had companions who simply passed away. I'm certain that she has no life
<Mykasi> "Sure, ask her. I feel kinda bad, and I think now I'm gonna be looking over my shoulder constantly just to see if she's there." Mike grimaces sadly.
<Hikari> "You weren't doing that already, Mike? You only have to add her to the list."
* Mykasi glances to Hikari wearily. "Put like that I sound like a stalker."
* Nagare shrugs lightly, snickering a bit. "Unless you had died before, you wouldn't be able to know either."
<Hikari> "No, I'm not saying you're a stalker," Hikari clarifies. "You're just paranoid."
<Nagare> OOC: "I'm certain she has no lifespan." is the end of the line before my last.
<Mykasi> Another deadpan stare at Hikari. "...AAAAnyways. Returning back to something else I thought of during the Okuninushi visit, when he mentioned illnesses. Did either of you two... get sick, before or during the, uh, Persona epiphany?"
<Hikari> "Oh yes. Hadn't I mentioned that before? It was quite striking--I believe I was out for a full day. I assumed it was part of the process, really."
* Nagare crosses his arms. "It depends on how long of a timespan you're considering, and what you'd consider sickness."
* Nagare then continues. "I did feel a sharp physical exhaustion at the time when my Persona awakened. But the traces go a bit deeper than that in my case."
<Mykasi> "Just... being inexplicably ill during that time period, mainly, Nagare." Mike nods, before glancing to Hikari. "We might have? In the storm of all this, it kinda slipped past me. What symptoms did you have?"
<Hikari> "Well, I really only learned the details from my roommate afterwards. Significant fever and I was apparently unable to be roused from sleep until it had passed."
<Nagare> "I fell into a deep sleep myself. I don't know what kind of symptoms went through while it happened, though. And... well... there were the hallucinations from the first time."
* Mykasi nods slightly. "For me, uh, constant vomiting and notable exhaustion. Kyo -wasn't- pleased by that, first night." A pause, glancing to Nagare. "Hallucinations?"
* Nagare pauses for a moment, deciding to let it out after a small consideration. "Well... those are more related to the events -earlier-. I'm not sure if I told you before. I actually faced my Shadow twice, having lost once."
* Mykasi blinks at this. "...oh? That's... uh. I'm not really sure what to say to that, honestly."
<Hikari> "That's possible? It...might change my opinion about having to brute force everything we encounter, if so."
<Mykasi> "I... take it this is connected to the 'death state'." Mike says quietly.
* Nagare sighs, shaking his head. "It's convoluted. Theresa and Igor weren't able to explain it in precise terms either. But I faced my Shadow a few years ago - and lost. However, the Shadow... didn't behave quite as one would expect. Instead of taking over or simply killing me, the border between which side of me was the Shadow and which side was... well, my normal persona, simply blurred into unrecognition."
<Nagare> "And yes, there's an obvious connection there."
* Mykasi nods to this, a bit confused. "That's... and so now it reawakened, and you beat it again? Hmph. And the deep sleep... matches us two. I wonder what triggered the events, for you and me? Why did our Shadows awaken?"
<Mykasi> OOC: s/again/this time
<Nagare> "Well, I don't know. But it might not be inaccurate to say that it's entirely possible that we may have had switched places."
<Mykasi> "Hm, makes sense as an explanatory result, sure. But... gah. We know Hikari got the dreamcatcher and that's why she went under, most likely. But why us two?" Mike mutters.
<Nagare> "It's... probably impossible for us to answer with our current knowledge. And the fact there are other Persona users spread around most likely could blur the possibilities even more."
<Mykasi> "Feh. There's gotta be some source, some reason. They had to use something obvious for Hikari, after all!" Mike grumbles. "But I'm not pulling anything! Nothing out of the ordinary happened that day..."
<Hikari> "Speaking of other persona users...Mike, I have to wonder about your friends from the track team. Whether they're looking for the mysterious stalker out of simple zeal or whether they, like us, have some special knowledge."
<Mykasi> "That crossed my mind, too." Mike shrugs. "But I don't honestly know. They might, or it might just be Shiro being an aggro punk."
* Hikari nods. "If I speak to them again I'll have to talk around the subject some and see what I can tease out. More allies is obviously in our best interest."
<Mykasi> "Go ahead, yeah. Even if they don't have any additional allies, having more people to rely on would be wise." Mike nods.
<Mykasi> OOC: s/allies/info
<Hikari> Another nod. (OOC: I dunno where to take things here! Will see what Nagare has to say when Snow gets back.)
* Nagare ponders. "You know, now that you mention it... it's possible that the raven has a corollary similar to Alice's? What if only Persona users could actually see and interact with it? That could be an interesting lead in general if true."
<Hikari> "Well, we could hardly test that since the dreamcatcher disappeared."
<Nagare> "It's also a possibly disturbing lead. I... honestly wonder if we'll see more of those raven sightings now that the dreamcatcher is on the loose."
<Mykasi> "Sadly, yeah. And I had to notice it first - it didn't make itself obvious." Mike nods, the food somehow during the winding conversation having made it to a slightly protruding middle. "Been a while since I've had pizza... man, though, really do wish that dreamcatcher hadn't vanished. And maybe, Nagare, but... hell, I don't know. This entire thing is just a mess."
<Nagare> "Yes. Although we may have an option regarding Shiro and Oda. We may be able to find out if they have Personas within their dreamscapes."
<Mykasi> "I'd like to say 'tell me the rules and I'll tell you how to win' but... I don't know as there are too many hard and fast rules, nor do I know if there's even a relative 'win' other than retaining normalcy." A pause, before looking to Nagare.
<Mykasi> "... fuck, I should've thought of that!"
<Hikari> "Hm. This is true. Do we know where they live?"
<Nagare> "That won't be hard to find out. Oda is one of my students, which means I can sensibly find this out within the school's database without getting into problems. Shiro... well, Mykasi could just ask."
<Mykasi> "Shiro's in the dorms, yeah. Oda, unsure."
* Nagare nods. "I'll pick up the info on Oda if that's the case. Regardless... we just opened a breadth of options regarding what to follow now."
<Hikari> "I can always ask him since he did ask me out to lunch recently. I have a feeling the question would be taken to have unfortunate implications, though, so I'd rather not."
<Mykasi> "We did." Mike nods. "Oh, and one final point before we wrap - Kyo keeps insanely odd hours, and he plays a lot of cards, so he probably just won a big game or something."
<Hikari> "I suppose. I wasn't accusing him of anything. He didn't look suspicious, really."
* Mykasi nods. "Just thought I'd clarify."
* Nagare lets out a slight laugh. "Well, I guess this wraps up our current situation, then."
* Mykasi nods. "Alright, then. Let's get to work?"
* Hikari nods!
<Nagare> "Sounds good," Nagare says somewhat confidently.
<Hikari> "Oh yes, these drugs we acquired at the pharmacy...is there anything that can be done with them regarding what illnesses they might be meant for? What they're made? Whether they actually work?"
<Hikari> *made of
* Nagare ponders. "Well, if the university has good enough chemistry labs, those could be analyzed."
<Hikari> I wouldn't have any idea how to do so myself, so if we can turn them over to someone who could examine them and keep the results in confidence, that could work."
<Nagare> "On the other hand, I'm not sure why would you want to analyze such winners as 'Argilla Salts'."
<Mykasi> "What did those do again? 'Prevent excess desire to complain or whine'?"
<Nagare> "They also mentioned some thing about suppressing anthropophagic urges. I have to give Satomi Tadashi a nod for creativity."
<Hikari> "What does that even mean? I--" Hikari pauses a moment to work out the root words. "Oh."
<Nagare> "Anyhow, are we good to go?"
<Hikari> "I think so, yes."
<Mykasi> "Translate that?" Mike asks. "My Japanese is good but not -that- good. And sure."
* Nagare nods, beginning to get up. "Then, we'll meet up later. I'm sure there's plenty to work with as of now."
<Hikari> "Mike, suffice it to say that I dearly hope this is something that's not among the dean's wife's problems."
* Mykasi looks between the two in confusion, commenting in English, 4"Necrophilia?"
<Hikari> "Well. I'm not sure they have to be dead. ...Let's just go, alright?"
<Mykasi> "Sure, whatever." Mike shrugs.
<Mykasi> A dark night in a city that knows how to keep its secrets... but on the first floor of Hantai Force's cafe, two men (and one woman) are still trying to find the answers to life's persistent questions.....Guy Noir, Private Eye. Or rather, Mike, Hikari and Nagare at a multicultural restaurant. Whichever you want to believe, really.
<Mykasi> ---------(moo)--------------------------------------

[VySaika]

> -------------------------------------------------------------
> Sunday afternoon, the trio have spent the weekend hunting down information thanks to the article in Nagare's newspaper, and have tracked Richard Bland down to the Kana Family Memorial Hospital, a mental hospital on the edge of town. Having arrived in a prompt manner as usual, Hikari is already in the parking lot as she spots the arrival of her companions.
* Mykasi parks his motorbike and stretches, waving to Hikari as he approaches. "Not looking forward to this, I confess..."
<Hikari> "Why is that?" Hikari asks, not knowing much about Mike's former roommate. "Something more than just the unpleasantness of visiting a mental institution?"
* Nagare parks his car, leaving the car and glancing at Hikari and Mike as he approaches. "Have I missed anything? Seems I always arrive last in these situations."
* Mykasi shakes his head. "Nah, I just got here too. And... Shou and I didn't... quite... get along." A pause. "Okay, I hated him even before he got his idiot ass expelled."
* Hikari nods. "Well, you don't have to talk about it if you don't want to. Do you have any idea what he's doing here, though? It may help for the cover story."
<Mykasi> "Addiction to illegal recreational pharmacatulicals or something like that." Mike shrugs. "'s why he got his ass busted, at least, so figure it's why he's here."
<Hikari> "Ah. Well, do you want to take the lead? I only ask because you knew him."
<Mykasi> "Uh, sure." Mike shrugs. "I could do that. Unless you think this should be more formal, Professor?"
<Nagare> "The justificative is honestly yours there. I'm not sure we could change this into a more professional kind of visit without delving into the zany - or the unsettling, and we want to be inconspicuous here."
<Mykasi> "Fair. Alright." A long pause, as Mike stands there, eyes closed. "I'm gonna be... well, you two have seen me act as cheerful American idiot before. Less so on the idiot this time, but... refrain from commentary until we're in private?"
<Hikari> "Alright, if you insist." Hikari gestures towards the building. "Lead on, then?"
* Mykasi looks to Nagare, instead, for a moment.
* Nagare raises an eyebrow to Mykasi. "Yes? I won't deign myself to snark inside a mental hospital, if that's your worry. Regardless, Hikari's words sound good. Lead us, and we shall follow."
* Mykasi keeps his eyes locked on Nagare for a moment, before wordlessly nodding and entering, his face suddenly all concerned smiles as he looks for a reception desk.
> The inside of the hospital is as pristine as you'd expect, and a reception desk is right there in front. You're not the only people in there on a Sunday afternoon, but after a bit the receptionist smiles politely and greets you, "Good afternoon, how can I help you?"
<Mykasi> "Hi, I look for Shou Minamura's room?" Mike says, rubbing his head in embarrassment. "He was roommate at Hokuriku, wanted to see if I could say hi, thought might help if talk to people he knew? May I pleasantly ask for his esteemed room number?"
<Mykasi> "...did I say all that right?" Mike then asks in English, looking to Hikari and Nagare nervously.
* Nagare nods silently.
* Hikari nods encouragingly!
> "Your name, sir? I can check to see if you're on his approved visitor list."
<Mykasi> "Ah... I likely not." Mike says, somewhat embarrasedly. "Only recent heard he came here, was concerned very. Mike Werfel? If not, possible to make exception?"
> She nods and checks her computer, "I'm sorry, you're not. You said he was your roommate at Hokuriku, yes? If you can get his family's permission, I can let you in to see him, but I'm afraid not without that. Many of our patients here are very sensitive, so we have to be very careful about who we allow to visit." She explains in a very pleasant voice as if talking to a child...
<Mykasi> "Ah, okay. But... not sure if I have contact number for them... perhaps school would? Might ask." Mike rubs head. "Mmm. Feel bad, want to help but not know how. Could we maybe bring gift? Some snack food he like? Is that acceptable?"
> She gives you a slightly odd look, "I'm sorry, his family has left very strict instructions that nothing from any of his...friends...was to be delivered to him."
* Mykasi nods slightly. "Ah, I see. Aware of why, but thought perhaps bag of sealed cookies or something would be acceptable. To not be, understandable. Thank you anyway. Will see about talking to his family."
> She nods, "Of course."
* Mykasi looks to the other two and shrugs, walking out.
* Hikari nods politely to the receptionist and follows Mike outside, not having much idea what else to do here. "I was hoping we'd at least get past the front door."
* Nagare ponders a bit, sitting on the sidewalk. "... mmmm."
<Hikari> "You have something on your mind, Professor?"
<Mykasi> "And please forgive me, but I'm not sure I'm willing to risk what it would take to get on that approved list one way or another." Mike comments wryly in English, making sure no one's really around before glancing to Nagare. "An idea, perhaps?"
* Nagare sighs heavily, glaring at the horizon as he speaks, almost as if avoiding Hikari and Mykasi's glances. "Actually, yes. I'm not terribly comfortable with it, and I'm not sure how much of the hospital itself it'll let me know - let alone the relevant parts - but...," and then, a pause.
* Mykasi muses, before sitting down as well. "But..."
* Hikari just remains silent. Sometimes you just need to give someone a chance to work out what they're going to day.
<Hikari> *say
* Nagare scratches his head, somewhat savoring that pause. After an extra moment of silence, the teacher shakes his head, musing somewhat bitterly. "I have a history of mental illness, so to speak, and once I was given the greenlight, the doctors were pretty vehement about my situation: it wasn't entirely implausible that another breakdown could occur, and while I'm stable - particularly so now..." Another pause.
<Hikari> "Are you suggesting...you fake being admitted to the hospital?" Hikari asks, not entirely following the train of thought here.
<Nagare> "Not exactly. However, I have the history, the documentation to prove it and the reasons to consider making pre-emptive visits to facilities in order to know how well-equipped they are and how well would they treat me in an extreme case. I could schedule a visit for such purposes."
<Mykasi> "... that... might work. I only see one problem, however."
<Hikari> "Ah. Well, I won't ask for details about whatever happened, but if you don't mind exploiting your past problems for future gain, I haven't many other ideas."
* Nagare snickers bitterly. "... you make it sound even more cynical than I thought it was, Hikari."
<Hikari> "I'm just looking at things pragmatically," Hikari says with a shrug.
* Mykasi mutters under his breath, before shaking his head. "Actually, two things."
<Nagare> "Yes, I know. And... I'm not sure if I'm thinking the same as Mykasi in terms of issues, but this -would- be rather difficult to do as a team, I'm considering, which is a notable blow to the idea."
<Mykasi> "That's one issue, yes. We can't justify our presence." Mike nods. "Even presuming we can get in as a group, however, how do we get the freedom and the time to check on those two?"
<Hikari> "Maybe some manner of distraction inside could help?"
<Mykasi> "...what do you propose?"
<Nagare> "And I do have to add we'd never have that kind of freedom no matter what method we use to enter outside of breaking into the hospital in the wake of the night like secret agents."
<Hikari> "I didn't have anything specific in mind. But if the receptionist were to be drawn away for at least a couple minutes, we could at least determine from the computer what room numbers we need to visit."
<Mykasi> "Uh. While everyone else in the reception area is in the reception area?" Mike grimaces.
<Hikari> "I suppose it would be asking too much of our luck for no one else to be there at the time."
<Mykasi> "...I really don't want to resort to either contacting his parents or, uh, more illicit methods." Mike grunts. "But damnit, I really wanna check on both now, at this point."
<Nagare> "That said, if we do at least get a floor-by-floor - or close to it - visit that at least lets us stroll through the hallways, I suspect that, if there's a Shadow, I'll be able to recognize its presence - without one, this is simply pointless, after all. Of course, that's hardly a guarantee."
* Mykasi nods slowly. "At the least, you can get that and report back to us?"
<Hikari> "Agreed. I think it highly likely that Bland at least has been subverted by a shadow. Nagare may have a point--he has an excuse to make a preliminary visit and at least determine whether or not this is a waste of time."
<Mykasi> "He also might learn if there's an easy way around the receptionist if needed." Mike nods. "Yeah, letting you scout ahead - and possibly bringing Hikari along as a concerned family friend - would be a good idea."
<Nagare> "Yes. I'll make a little bit of research on the hospital itself and see if I can schedule this with some leeway. Getting the relevant info before I dive into this is a good idea."
<Nagare> "And, of course, if I -have- to do this alone, I'll relay every thing I find about the visit."
<Mykasi> "It's the best we've got. Alright, then. Hikari and I can keep ears to the ground for any more info while you look that up, alright?" Mike nods. "Right. Alright, then. Getting a foreigner to come along... if you think you can swing it without awkwardness, try, and do try to avoid getting that receptionist there when you go to do this."
<Mykasi> "Though you may not be able to control it, I'd guess that's a job that cycles in and out? Eh. Regardless."
<Nagare> "Yes, it's a legitimate concern. It won't be terribly relevant if I do this alone, but we already noted this is below ideal."
<Hikari> "Well, I'll go if you think it would help. I don't have many other ideas for the immediate future, aside from keeping a watch out for the mysterious stranger."
* Mykasi nods slowly. "I'll, uh... keep working on that searching program."
* Nagare nods to both. "I'll simply begin the research and scheduling work on this, then. I'm sure you two will be busy enough until I have some more solid info."
* Mykasi nods. "If I can figure something out, I'll let you guys know. Until then?"
* Hikari nods. "I suppose I can continue the late-night vigil and hope no birds interrupt me."
<Nagare> "Sounds the most sensible we can possibly do for the moment."
<Mykasi> "Alright. Let's follow up on the Shiro and Oda idea in the meantime, see if we can get some info from their dreams? Or at the least make sure we're not dealing with something bizarre here."
<Hikari> "It would help to know whether we're officially on the same team, yes. If they're actually persona users, well."
* Nagare shrugs. "It's worth a shot. If they're also involved to a degree in this, may as well see what lies within."
<Mykasi> "Alright. Eight, my dorm, pretense is checking out the program. Work? Good." With that, Mike trots off.
* Nagare responds as Mike leaves, mostly talking to air at the point. "Cert... ainly."
<Mykasi> "Or are there any issues?"
<Mykasi> "Okay, cool."
* Hikari has no objections.
> (OOC: Scene Change, the Gate can't think of anything witty edition!)
> Eight rolls around, and the three are gathered in Mike's room, Kyo being so very reliable about never being around on weekend evenings.
* Mykasi has the program up, actually, and in progress! But.
<Mykasi> "Alright, we ready to try this?"
<Hikari> "Assuming we're fortunate enough for them to be at home right now, yes."
<Nagare> "And really, could it even be half as insane as Ewan and Keita's dreamscape? In all honesty, this feels comparatively leisurely, lest one of them reads too much manga."
<Mykasi> "Let's stop by Shiro's room first." Mike nods, standing. "He's just down the hall."
* Hikari follows Mike!
* Mykasi nods, gesturing to Nagare as they leave and being very glad today wasn't a "Kyo leaves dirty boxers out" day.
* Nagare follows as well.
> And you head out into the hall. Mike waits until the one other person he sees in it is clear before actually heading out and having the other two follow. A few steps later and you're at Shiro's door!
* Mykasi heads down the hallway to Shiro's room. "See anything?" he asks Nagare.
* Nagare shakes his head. "If you mean a Shadow, none at all. Past that, we can only speculate."
<Hikari> "Shall we use the key? Nagare wouldn't necessarily know if someone is a persona-user, right? Only whether shadows are present?"
* Mykasi nods, looks down and up the hallway, then uses the key! "Yeah, just wanted to clear for Shadows first." Mike nods quietly.
> The door opens, and you step through into the Velvet Room.
> (OOC: Scene Change, the Gate still can't think of anything witty edition!)
> The trio passes through into the Dream...arriving at the edge of a strange duality. Around them is a dark city street...actually, no. Not so much dark as it is greyscale. The three of them don't have any color either, it's like something from an old black and white movie(more)
> The people around look much like you would expect from those old movies as well. At least if you watched a large enough variety of them. Some punk kids are hanging around a guy who looks like nothing so much as a yakuza on one side of the street, while on the other a man in armor walks with a woman in a classical kimono carrying a small child beside him.(more)
> It's like the setting can't decide if it's twenty or two hundered years into the past.
* Nagare strokes his chin idly, muttering to himself. "I wonder. How much of a privacy breach entering into someone else's Dream would be considered in a court room if this ever came up - oh dear, what -is- this?," he interrupts as he realizes the Dream itself.
<Mykasi> "...Oh, Shiro. A dark night in a city that knows how to keep its secrets, eh?"
* Hikari glances down at herself, ascertaining that they've taken on the palette of this dream. She doesn't seem too bothered. "Black and white...someone's view of the world, or does he just watch too many films? At least it's subdued enough so far."
* Mykasi steps forward slightly, looking around. "On a guess for Shiro, let's favor the older stuff." With that, he slowly ambles behind the armored man with kimono lady and kid, gesturing for the other two to follow.
* Hikari follows Mike, feeling vaguely anachronistic here.
* Nagare just follows with the same strange discomfort that seems to follow him in the dreamscapes of others.
> You walk down the street a small ways, people either nodding politely as they pass you or ignoring you entirely. After a moment...you hear a commotion from up ahead. The armored man stops and places a hand down near his weapon then hesitates looking at the woman with him.
> Shifting the child, she places one hand on his arm and nods, "Go."
> He nods back at her with a relived look that quickly fades to a more serious expression as jogs ahead towards whatever disturbance is going on.
* Mykasi follows at a brisk walk, curious but not wishing to arouse attention here.
* Hikari picks up the pace and follows the samurai, assuming whatever disturbance he's headed towards might be some sort of clue.
* Nagare scratches his head as he follows.
> You hurry ahead to where a small crowd has gathered, and two men are facing off at eachother in the center of a very wide circle. One in an only slightly anachronistic yakuza style suit, the other wearing no armor but dressed in a very old style traveler's garb with a blade at his side.
> Neither man has drawn a weapon just yet, but the atmosphere is tense.
* Mykasi ponders, backing up a moment and eyeing the two. "I think I get it. And this isn't of much relevance to us... Let's see if we can get further into the samurai era side?"
<Hikari> "Clashing dreamscapes, you think?" Hikari speculates, remembering something similar happening before.
> The yakuza smiles at the wanderer, an unpleasent expression to say the least, "This is our territory, and we have rules around here. You didn't listen when my boys tried to educate you on these rules earlier, so it seems I have to do it myself."
<Nagare> "As long as we have less unresolved tension as we have here, I'm ready to agree with that."
* Mykasi nods slightly to Hikari. "Except in this case it's probably an argument between his roommate and him.
> The wanderer shakes his head, "I am a free man, I will not pay tribute to you for protection I do not need."
<Mykasi> "I'd suspect a worse scenario except there were no shadows."
<Hikari> "A pity we can't hear what it's *really* about. Although I suppose we could if we read between the lines here."
<Mykasi> "Eh, it doesn't seem to be much our business. Let's confirm a lack of persona and then get going?" Mike suggests.
<Nagare> "Well, we can't know for sure, but we seem to have picked a bad time for this. May as well."
<Hikari> "Agreed. Let's move on."
* Mykasi nods at this, choosing to delve further into the side where the more samurai and traditional stuff is going on.
> And you move away from the confrontation and further along the dreamscape. Behind you, you can hear the sounds of a fight and a moment later hoofbeats followed by loud cheering.
> The more traditional elements also seem to be stronger around the outskirts of the city, and eventually entirely replace the modern as you move away from "downtown".
* Mykasi glances around for a "human" to get directions from.
> There are lots of people around, from men going about whatever buisness they have to women doing laundry to a man teaching a bunch of children martial arts.
* Mykasi glances to Hikari and Nagare. "Wanna ask one of them which way to Shiro? I'd ask, but uh, my Japanese... is not formal enough for this setting."
<Hikari> "The teacher, perhap?" Hikari says. She walks up to the man and bows politely. "Excuse me, but we are looking for Shiro Asakura. Could you direct us to his residence or place of business?"
> "The rider?" The teacher pauses in his instructions a bit to answer you. He points out towards the edge of the city, where you can see it opening up into a large field of tall grass, "He's out there, somewhere. He's always out there."
* Mykasi bows politely as well, after hearing this.
* Hikari nods. "I understand. Thank you, sir." A field is a bit of area to search but, well, this seems like the kind of dream where significant meetings will just happen. Hikari turns and walks out into the grass.
* Mykasi follows Hikari out there.
> The moment Hikari sets foot onto the grass, the loud neigh of a horse can be heard from the field. A moment of complete stillness follows, but is broken by a sudden burst of wind that threatens to knock Mike and Nagare clear off thier feet.
> OOC: Body checks, Mike and Nagare. Hikari has superstrength, she's fine.
<Mykasi> roll 2d8 Wind! Water! Heart! By your powers combined, I am stabilized man!
* Hatbot --> "Mykasi rolls 2d8 Wind! Water! Heart! By your powers combined, I am stabilized man! and gets 4."12 [2d8=3, 1]
<Nagare> roll 2d8
* Hatbot --> "Nagare rolls 2d8 and gets 9."12 [2d8=7, 2]
> Nagare is blown off his feet and sent sprawling on the ground as a horse...a HUGE horse comes thundering in from the fields, reaching Hikari in what seems like an instant. The horse's hide is is a dark red, almost crimson, while it's mane and tail are jet black. It wears a saddle, but no bit or reins(more)
> As it reaches in front of Hikari, it rears up and lets out a loud challenging whinny, slamming it's hooves into the ground firmly and locking eyes with the woman in front of it.
* Mykasi pauses, very very silent as the gears in his mind race. "Uh, Hikari? Back up a bit, perhaps."
* Nagare grumbles as he slowly gets up from the blasted gust that knocked him down, in an annoyed mutter. "Accursed overexaggerated dream personalities, mumble mumble."
* Hikari isn't going anywhere (even though she'd sorta like to right now)! She knows a challenge when she sees one. "I apologize if we've trespassed," for the sake of anyone nearby who may be listening, as a saddle suggests a rider nearby (or even the horse if it's actually a persona). "We're merely looking for Shiro Asakura."
> The horse just shakes it's...no, his head. This is definately a stallion.
<Hikari> "Do you understand me?" Hikari asks.
<Mykasi> "......Let's just go." Mike says after a moment, bowing to the stallion.
> The stallion nods at Hikari.
<Hikari> "You are...here to protect Shiro, I take it?"
> The stallion nods again.
* Hikari turns to nod at her companions. This sounds like confirmation to her. "Then I won't keep you from your duties. We can speak to him under more normal circumstances without trespassing further, I'm sure."
<Mykasi> "Yeah. If I'm not mistaken, we've got to talk to him, yeah. This fits the pattern neatly." Mike nods.
> The stallion flares his nostrils but doesn't move.
<Nagare> "Hm, Mykasi? What are you suggesting here?"
* Hikari turns to walk away so the horse can relax already.
> As you move away from the grass, the stallion's stance relaxes.
<Mykasi> "That should be Shiro's Persona." Mike nods softly. "Preventing access deeper into the dreamscape, does not look like the person themself - fits the pattern."
<Hikari> "Shall we try the other side of the tracks, or is this enough evidence to start the conversation?"
<Mykasi> "This is enough to probe further. But let's check in on Oda, just in case. Let's go?" With that, Mike looks for a door to key.
* Hikari nods.
* Nagare ponders. "We have no idea if Oda himself is a Persona user at this point, so it's best to at least obtain that information. It'll direct us on how to behave."
<Mykasi> "Right."
* Mykasi finds a door, and inserts the key, swinging it open. "Let's go, then."
> Mike finds a door and the trio remove themselves from Shiro's dream.
> -----------------------------------------

[VySaika]

> -------------------------------------------
> Slipping out of the Dream(and back through the Velvet Room), the trio quietly slides down the empty hall and back into Mike's room.
* Nagare scratches his head. "Someone has been watching both Sergio Leone and Akira Kurosawa a fair bit in his life. Or at least, I hope."
<Mykasi> Closing the door behind him and leaning heavily on it, Mike exhales. "Okay, two routes. We can go try Oda's dreams. But we're pretty sure Shiro is one, and if he is he probably knows if Oda is... which means we could just go invite Shiro, and then ask him if Oda should come. Any preferences?"
<Hikari> "It was better than that manga nightmare, at least. And I think we may as well go speak to Shiro. He can invite Oda in if he's involved as well, which I suspect hs is anyway."
<Nagare> "I think we'd better check Oda's dream first instead. It'd probably be faster and more elegant, -and- we won't have to deal with multiple factors when we come out in the open to Shiro."
* Mykasi looks between the two, before grinning... and pulling out a coin. "Leave it to the FOOL to choose, and chance is the only answer."
<Mykasi> With that, he flips the coin!
<Mykasi> roll 1d2
* Hatbot --> "Mykasi rolls 1d2 and gets 1."12 [1d2=1]
<Mykasi> "...heads. We check Oda's dream out." Mike says at that.
* Hikari shrugs. "Very well. Lead the way?"
* Mykasi pauses for a moment.
* Nagare raises an eyebrow. "Yes?"
<Hikari> "Hm? What is it?"
<Mykasi> "First floor, unless I'm painfully mistaken." Mike nods after a moment, opening the door and leading the way out. "I suck with remembering that sort of thing."
> You make your way down to the first floor. Another student passes you on the stairs, obviously surprised at Nagare's presence, but keeps his head down and doesn't actually talk to you at all.
* Mykasi obviously has such an air of knowing precisely what he's doing that no one objects to what he's doing! Like a MANLY MAN. Or something. Anyway, after getting downstairs Mike starts looking for the door.
> Oda's room is...112. Yeah, definately 112. Which is right...over there.
* Mykasi looks around to make sure no one's watching, before working that magic key!
> The key opens the door, and you all step through the swirling vortex.
> (OOC: Change Time With Good Scenes~)
> The trio steps out into...a feild of solid grey. There is no floor, no ceiling and no walls. Just the door, and eachother. Mykasi and Hikari have been somewhere like this before...
<Mykasi> "Aaaand no one's in. Looks like we mug up Shiro anywho." Mike comments, before turning to Nagare. "This is what you get with an unoccupied room. Kinda useful to know for reference, I'd say, but eh."
> OC: Nagare, roll soul, please.
<Nagare> roll 2d8 for SOUL BURNING
* Hatbot --> "Nagare rolls 2d8 for SOUL BURNING and gets 9."12 [2d8=2, 7]
> Nagare's head starts to ache as he sees flashes of images pass through the empty space. The images are accompanied by sound sometimes, but no sounds he's even heard before. Every time an image flashes or a sound is heard, the pain gets worse.
* Nagare clutches his head, kneeling, flashes and glimpses of sound striking his nerves like a razor, cutting open fresh wounds. "Ack! What... what the..."
<Mykasi> "You okay?" Mike asks worriedly. "What's wrong?"
* Hikari looks on with concern. "Are you alright, professor? Perhaps we should leave?"
<Mykasi> "...Flashes? Sound?" Mike guesses.
* Nagare rubs his forehead, nearly on his knees. "It's... something... like... that," the teacher mumbles, opening his eyes for a moment. "I think I saw and heard something happening... here."
<Mykasi> "Let's get out. I'll explain outside; happened to me the first time as well but I'm not as sensitive to this stuff as you are, it seems." Mike shakes his head, getting his shoulder under Nagare's head.
<Hikari> "If it's causing you pain, I think this is something we should sort out somewhere else."
* Nagare shakes his head, huffing. "... fine. We can take a break in the Velvet Room, if nothing else."
> And you retreat back into the Velvet Room.
> (OOC: Oh what do you change with a drunken scene~)
> The Velvet Room is just as blue as it has been every other time you've come in. Theresa stands as usual and smiles, "Welcome ba...ck." She frowns as she sees Nagare, "Oh boy. Let me guess, flashes of pictures you can't describe, sounds that make no goddamn sense?"
<Nagare> "More or less. I mean. How do you describe the sound of wood growing? Or the sound of a pitch-black room?," Nagare remarks with a frown.
> She nods, "Yeah. Let me go get you some tea." She heads into the back.
<Mykasi> "Heh." Mike shakes his head, helping Nagare to a chair before sitting down himself.
* Nagare sits down quietly and sighs. "The change of scenery -did- improve the situation immensely, at least."
> Igor folds his hands under his nose, "Interesting. It seems you are far more sensetive then most. Tell me, do you have any guesses as to what exactly you were witnessing?"
<Hikari> "The presence of tea would improve a great many things, yes."
<Nagare> "Were I to be sarcastic, I'd say the beginning of the end. But... I'm not quite sure in reality. Is that something related to a lack of a Dream... or, more precisely, the lack of a stable self?"
> Theresa returns quickly with three mugs of her usual scalding hot and fairly bitter tea, "Here you go. Careful, you all know how hot I make it by now."
<Mykasi> "Delicious?
<Nagare> "I'll let mine down for a bit, at least until the flames simmer down."
* Hikari waits for it to cool down before touching it, of course.
<Mykasi> "Wusses."
<Hikari> "Say that again after you've burned off your tongue."
> Igor shakes his head, "Not quite. It is true that the lack of a human, or even an animal, Dream is what allowed you to see those images. The Dreams of living creatures are strong, and easily mask the more subtle things that you saw."
> "What you saw, doctor, was the Dream of various inanimate objects in that room."
> Theresa nods, "The human mind is frankly not equipped to process that. You don't have the right senses for it, or the right wirings in your brain. Honestly, seeing that stuff even gives ME fits, so feeling like your head got split open isn't a surprise."
* Nagare blinks sedately. "... okay, this is something I find surprising even within the amazing standards we set up."
<Hikari> "I suppose I should feel fortunate to be less perceptive."
* Mykasi shrugs. "Not what I remember seeing, so much, but I guess I was seeing shadows of activities that happened in the room or something?"
> Igor nods, "That can happen as well, when strong enough emotions have played out in a physical space, afterimages of those emotions sometimes remain. Even those are difficult to see, but at least they can be made sense of when you do see them."
<Mykasi> "Right. So I lucked out." Mike nods.
<Hikari> "Is that so? That could be a useful investigative tool if Nagare could learn to focus on such impressions."
<Nagare> "As long as it doesn't mean I'll have to blow half my salary on painkillers every time I stumble into them, I see your point."
* Mykasi starts humming the Satomi Tadashi theme song.
<Hikari> "Well, yes. I wouldn't ask you to regularly attempt something that causes such extreme pain. If it can be used safely, perhaps."
* Hikari starts nodding along before narrowing her eyes. "Mike. Please stop that."
<Mykasi> "Hm?"
<Hikari> "You know what you're doing! That song, stop humming it. Once was enough for all of us, I'd think."
> Theresa giggles.
<Mykasi> "Oh, right. Sorry, Nagare mentioned painkillers and it popped into my head."
<Mykasi> "Anyway, you doing okay now, Professor?" Mike asks, putting down his (drained) tea cup.
* Hikari boldly attempts drinking the tea!
* Nagare glances up to Mykasi with a light nod. "I'm fine, yes," the teacher finishes as he begins slowly sipping his tea while humming the Satomi Tadashi theme as Mike - "... dammit."
* Mykasi falls out of his chair laughing.
> You still have no idea what she makes the tea with, but despite the heat and the bitterness, it's quite good. And always seems to leave you feeling better then before you drank it.
<Nagare> "I do have to admit this tea is quite pleasant once you get over the initial impressions. Interesting effect."
<Mykasi> "It's quite awesome, yeah." Mike says, clambering back into his chair with a chuckle. "Anyway, when you two are done, we've got someone to go talk to."
> She grins, "It's made with a very very small touch of Soma extract. So yeah, it'll make you feel better."
* Hikari blinks. "Soma? Wasn't that one of the drugs on sale at that store?"
> Theresa's eyes widen, "Store? You found someone selling Soma? Was it authentic?"
<Nagare> "The only thing authentic about anything in -that- store is their willingness to take your money away from your pocket," Nagare snerks.
<Hikari> "Well, I doubt it. I don't know what this real Soma does, but the store itself had the air of something a scam artist dreamed up."
<Mykasi> "...I don't know, but we could bring some of it in to you, have you check?" Mike asks with a shrug.
> Theresa nods, "Yeah, do that. If that's real Soma, you just hit a supernatural jackpot."
<Hikari> "I can bring it next time, yes."
* Mykasi nods. "Alright."
<Nagare> "Maybe the higher price tag there was worth something. You never know."
> Igor nods, "Shall I return you to your world now?"
<Mykasi> "That'd be good, at this point. Thank you, Igor." Mike nods.
<Hikari> "Yes. I believe we have a potential ally to speak to."
> Igor makes the door glowy as usual and nods.
<Mykasi> "Thanks!" Mike nods, bowing to the two before leaving.
> You head out of the door and back into the dorm hallway.
> (OOC: Changing sands is all we are, falling on our manic Scene~)
> The hallway is thankfully empty.
<Mykasi> "Alright. You two..." A pause. "Meet me outside. I'll go get him?"
<Hikari> Back to Shiro's room, then! Or not. "I was about to ask if you wished to take the lead, yes. It would look strange, the whole group coming for him." Hikari nods and walks back towards the building's enrance.
<Nagare> "I'll wait outside, certainly, I know Shiro ain't terribly keen about me. I think it's safe for you two to pick him up, though."
<Mykasi> "I'll cover it. There's a few benches outside - I'll get him down here."
<Mykasi> With that Mike jogs up to Shiro's room.
> And thus Mike heads back up to Shiro's room while the other two go outside.
* Mykasi raps on the door. "Oi, Shiro! You around?"
> The door opens after a moment, Shiro standing there, "Hmm? Oh, hey man. What's up?"
<Mykasi> "Not much. Look, I've got a few questions on a project I'm working on - mind walking with me a bit? Sorry to interrupt ya, but I don't know who else to ask." Mike asks.
> Shiro blinks, "You're asking me for help? I know we've got alot of the same classes, but I'm pretty sure you pay more attention to them then I do."
<Mykasi> "I've been distracted lately." Mike comments. "It's... um. Kinda complicated. Actually, really complicated, but I think you know that."
> He gives you an odd look for a moment before nodding, "Alright, I'll bite. Lemme grab my shoes."
<Mykasi> "Thanks. Sorry."
> He grabs his shoes, pulls them on pretty quick, starts to step out...steps back in and grabs his coat, throws that on, then steps out and closes the door. During all that, you caught a glimpse of his fairly reclusive roommate rubbernecking a bit to see who was out there.
> Once out, he adjusts his glasses and waits for you to lead the way, "Alright, so what's this project?"
* Mykasi leads the way down the hallway a bit, getting to his room before stopping a moment. "I wanted to get you out of the room before explaining further. ... does the term Persona mean anything to you? Or, for that matter, the Velvet Room?" A look to Shiro. "If it honestly doesn't, then just feel free to shrug me off, but..."
> He stops dead in his tracks, "Persona. No fucking way. You?"
<Mykasi> "Yep. FOOL Anansi at your service." Mike nods. "Same for two others, whom you ran into at one point. Is this a conversation that we need to include Oda in?"
> "Two others?" Shiro sounds fairly poleaxed, "No shit? Who?" Then remembering you asked him a question, he shakes his head, "Oda? No, he's got nothing to do with that stuff. I've been trying to keep him out of it as much as I could, but he didn't like me being out there hunting for the creep by myself."
<Mykasi> "Right. Then... alright." Mike nods, gesturing toward the stairwell. "The only reason us three know each other is because apparently our Personas function differently from, uh, the mainline, whatever that is. They're waiting outside - Hikari and the Professor." A grin toward Shiro. "Come on, does it fit my personality to let a girl sit outside with bad rumors floating around unless I'm sure they're able to protect themselves?"
> He shrugs, "I just figured she knew kung-fu or something."
> "And...Hikari and...wait, the law professor?"
> He looks honestly confused at that, "Well...huh."
<Mykasi> "Yup. He was keeping an eye on the situation as well, just in case." Mike nods. "Yeaaaaah. And... oh. Do you remember a Valeriya, worked at the library?"
> "She worked in the library? I remember her from the Afternoon Club."
<Mykasi> "Yeah. She... was another one of us. ... Let's talk about that one when we get outside."
> "Yeah, alright." Shiro picks up the pace.
> Shortly, Mike arrives outside with Shiro right alongside him.
> Nagare and Hikari are over by the benches, and the four all meet up over there.
* Hikari just looks towards the new arrivals, waiting for Mike to make the intros here.
* Nagare nods quietly to Mykasi and Shiro.
<Mykasi> "Welp. Welcome to the group, kinda." Mike nods, immediately sitting on a bench. "As I said on the way down, I'm FOOL Anansi. And... well. All four of us, Persona users. Awkward, but there ya go, I don't know how to streamline this further.
> Shiro shakes his head, "Man...I didn't even think there were more people that could do this shit running around. Well...no, I'm pretty sure that creep is one. But I wasn't looking for others right under my damn nose."
<Hikari> "STRENGTH Brynhildr. Although calling me Hikari would be better."
<Nagare> "MOON Abartach. But they don't call me that even in the Dream. Also... have you not been in the Velvet Room?," the teacher asks curiously.
* Mykasi nods. "Yeah. Honestly, we've been looking for others since we're feeling in over our head."
> "Oh yeah, CHARIOT Red Hare. And..." he pauses, "Velvet Room? That sounds kinda familiar, but I'm not placing it."
<Mykasi> "Really deep blue room. Blue, blue. Long-nosed dude, awesome chick."
<Hikari> "Introductions could be made, if you like. It will have to happen eventually anyway, if we're going to work together."
> "That...yeah, it sounds kinda familiar.
> "
<Mykasi> "Presuming our abilities work the same. Remember, he didn't have to get linked up with us, so he doesn't need..." Mike pulls out the key for reference. "This."
> "And work together? Well, what are you guys trying to do? Aside from catch the creep."
<Mykasi> "Right. Perhaps it's best for us to calm down? First, we can explain what we've been doing on our end."
* Nagare nods. "There is a lot to sift through right now, yes."
> "Sure. I've got some questions, but they can wait a bit."
<Mykasi> "Right. They may be answered in the course of things." A pause. "Current info suggests that Hikari, myself and Valeriya got our power at the same time - about the time of the rock festival on campus. You remember that?"
> He nods, "Yeah."
<Hikari> "We try to prevent others from being overtaken by their hidden selves, in essence. All of us confronted something dark within us to obtain persona. Others are not so successful and become...lost. I'm sure you're aware of all the strange behavior lately--such as what Mike refers to?"
> Shiro nods again, staying silent this time.
<Mykasi> "Yeah, the drama with Mika? Keep this between us, but... that was a case of a Shadow awakening. If you had to confront something in order to awaken your Persona, same thing happened there, except she doesn't have the ability. We met up as a result of the encounter with Mika and her Shadow, and in the process got this key from that Velvet Room." A slight nod. "The key allows us to enter the Dream World - the realm where such beings exist. Dream's kind
<Mykasi> "Dream's kinda a misnomer, but it works for now."
> "Yeah, I know the Dream. I can get there too, though I don't need a key or anything."
<Hikari> "Hm? And how does that work?"
> Shiro shrugs, "It's pretty much a magic spell. Gotta be outside though, doesn't work indoors."
* Nagare ponders for a second. "Actually... Igor and Theresa -did- say something to that effect to me in the beginning, regarding entering the Dream."
<Mykasi> "Yeah. We can't do it, normally - apparently a restriction on our Persona." Mike nods. "We confronted the Shadow, and were able to quell it - arguably meddling, yes. But... it seemed a threat to Mika, and while I at least wasn't confident, we did what we needed to, managed to stop it from taking over Mika." A pause at that. "Anyway, it was a while after that when... Valeriya... was disappeared."
* Mykasi swallows a moment, appearing a bit distressed and shaking his head.
> "Yeah, what the hell happened there? One day she was here, the next she's gone and nobody remembers a fucking thing?"
> He shakes his head "You'd think it'd be a little hard to forget somebody like that."
<Mykasi> "...she got... the term I've heard used, the most official, is neverwas'd. We remember - our Personas protect us. But no one else can. She's been removed - from history, from memory, from everything."
<Hikari> "We're not entirely sure. Something or someone removed her from existence, as near as we can tell, as well as all memories of her. Our minds are protected, at least."
> Shiro just stares at you.
<Mykasi> "Yeah."
<Mykasi> "That... was my fucking reaction."
<Mykasi> "We're all safe, I think. At least, that's my current understanding. Due to her... situation, she was vulnerable. And was... taken."
> He cracks his knuckles, "No idea what did it? And what do you mean by her situation?"
<Hikari> "This means we're the only ones capable of finding out what happened and preventing it from recurring, of course, which is another investigation we've been pursuing."
<Mykasi> "She was isolated. Little human contact, no real friends or family. We were just acquaintances, then... We didn't know each other well enough, and she kept to herself when we weren't working together."
> "So not having any freinds is what made her get yanked out of reality?" He shakes his head again, "I've got Garu and Oda at least. And I talk to my pop alot. And the track team, even if most of the lazy bastards hate me." He half laughs at that last one.
* Mykasi nods after a long moment. "To try and save Valeriya - which is apparently a very very long shot and distant possibility - is one of our aims. To try and control the upflare of Shadows is another, though that's a lot harder to do." A lopsided grin. "Yeah, you should be safe. And... it's more a case of not having any connections made her vulnerable to it. Not all people like that get taken, is the implication."
<Hikari> "We have some other leads regarding shadows. The mysterious campus stalker is one of them, as by now it seems anything strange could be an extension of the phenomenon."
> He nods, "Alright, so...my turn, I guess?"
<Mykasi> "Anyway, it was after that that the Professor's power awoken - and since he needed the Key, too, he got redirected to us. We quelled another shadow's influence on a set of twins, and... well, now we're pursuing multiple leads - Creeper Birdboy McAsshole, who we think invoked Hikari's shadow- well, I do, at least. The Dean's wife, who's going crazy looking for meds... Richard Bland and possibly Shou, too, we think." After that, he nods. "Sure."
> "Right. Lemme start off with a question then." He makes eye contact with Mike, "When you got sick awhile back, did you have your Persona before or after that?"
* Mykasi nods with a slight grin. "Got the Persona... actually during the sick phase. Remember telling me about the quiz? I fell sick that night, had the encounter with my Shadow. Cleaned up, passed back out, had the dream, got my Persona, woke up."
> "Yeah, that's what I thought." He's quiet for a moment, then shrugs, "I'll square with you man, I'm the one who stirred your Shadow up. I'm guessing you guys can't do anything like that, can you?"
<Hikari> "...Excuse me? You're not responsible for mine as well, are you?"
* Mykasi pauses at that one. "...we might be able to, but what we mainly know how to do is settle them down." A pause. "Huh. My main question, twofold: Why me, and why stir them up?"
> He shakes his head, "Nah, I never did anything to you two. Or to Valeryia."
> Shiro nods, "The second one kinda answers the first. For me...this is gonna sound cheesy, but whatever. I consider truth to be pretty much the highest virtue. I'm sick and fucking tired of all the lying and deception and shit I see everywhere. People lying to themselves are the worst. When I got this power..."(more)
> "I figured out what the Shadows were. They're the suppressed selves, people who are lying to themselves about who they are, what they are, what they really think and feel, they bury all that shit and it turns into a Shadow. But once you face it...you're free of it. You face yourself and either accept it all or don't."(more)
> He shrugs, "That's alot of what I've been doing. Picking out people who I think are hiding from themselves and letting their shadow give them a wake up call. You were always walking around muttering shit and glaring at people and basically acting like a superior jackass. Pretty good odds you were shitting youself about something, in my experience."(more)
> "So when I tagged you on the shoulder there, I stirred your Shadow up. You obviously handled it just fine, since you were looking like a new man a couple days later."
<Hikari> "I suppose I can understand this perspective," Hikari says after some thought. "It's only difficult to accept because I have reason to believe that whoever acted to awaken my shadow was *not* acting so charitably. I have to ask: who else did you push in this manner, aside from Mike?"
> "Mika, for one. And you guys stepping in there explains why she wasn't acting like anyone else I'd done this to after."
<Hikari> "'For one.' Anyone else? Do you know what can happen to someon if they don't succeed in their confrontation?"
* Mykasi nods slightly at this- until the description of himself, where a grin splits across his face. At the end of Shiro's commentary, he breaks down chuckling, nodding. "There's... ahahaha, yeah, that's accurate, though you got the reasons all wrong. Ahahahaha, oh geez, yep." Then, to Shiro, "Mika... it sounds like her reaction wouldn't have been good otherwise, so I don't hesitate to say we stepped in."
> Shiro nods, "Yeah, I do. Beating your Shadow isn't hard. All you have to do is accept it as part of you. All you have to do is be honest with yourself. If somebody can't do that..." he shrugs, "Call me a bastard if you want, but I don't have much sympathy."
* Nagare strokes his chin, grimacing heavily. "The only problem is that the results aren't as simple as that."
<Hikari> "She's only lucky we were there to help her when she failed. *Now* she's getting better. But if we hadn't noticed her?" Hikari shakes her head. "I think, despite the positive result we have in Mike, that this was highly irresponsible on your part. Was there anyone *else* that you haven't mentioned?"
<Mykasi> "There's... well, there's a lot I want to ask and say, at this point." Mike shakes his head. "I can't say I don't understand, though. ...Though that side's a long story, it's perhaps relevant for your own cause."
<Mykasi> "Also, Mika... has admitted what is going on. She's not going overboard on it, which is in part due to what we did, but she's resolved a lot of the issues that formed the Shadow, if not most all of them."
> Shiro adjusts his glasses, and locks eyes with Hikari, "Yeah. Most pulled through, a couple went nuts." Then he nods to Mike, "That's cool. So you guys handling it basically worked the same as if she beat it herself."
<Hikari> "WHO went nuts? Shiro--sometimes people need outside help to deal with their problems. Sometimes the lack of such IS the problem. We were *lucky* that we were in the right place and time to help Mika. If you hadn't acted so rashly, we might've been able to do the same for these others. Tell us who they were!"
* Nagare raises an eyebrow. "You do realize that Shadows are capable of killing their originating selves, though, aren't you, Shiro?" The question is essentially rhetoric at this point.
<Mykasi> "It requires followthrough, but yeah, there's... a lot of possibilities if the Shadow or the dominant personalities can be conversed with." Mike nods slightly, musing. "Was Shou one, Shiro?"
> He nods to Nagare, "Yeah, I know that. I know it's a risk, and I decided to take it to do what I think is right. And no, I didn't touch Shou. I figured he'd deal with himself sooner or later anyway. Also don't know what tagging someone that hopped up on drugs would do."
> To Hikari, "Last person I didn anything to was Mika, so it's a little late to go trying to help anyone else at this point."
<Mykasi> "And... you're right, it helps the person if they can deal with them. Without knowing of the presence of people that can confront the Shadows to further aid the process, and stuck trying to do something with what you got..." A closing of his eyes. "I can't say you did anything I wouldn't have, Shiro."
> "You probably heard about the last one who went nuts on the news. A teacher who went apeshit on the parents of some of her students. I saw her at the Club alot."
* Hikari nods. "I'd hope she's not beyond rescue. If she's still alive, I'm going to insist we see what can be done to help her. And Shiro? Don't do this again. I understand you thought you were acting alone and trying to help in your own way. But if you feel the need to 'help' anyone else from now on, you tell US first so we can watch them and intervene if they have problems, understood?"
> Shiro narrows his eyes, "I'm sorry, since when do you get to give me orders, Hikari?"
<Mykasi> "Can we calm back down for a moment?" Mike asks, rubbing his head. "I'd really rather not this get confrontational."
<Mykasi> "We've all been doing the best with what we have, and Hikari, while we think we've been doing what's best for everyone else, we can't be sure of that either. But working together, it's possible we can do a lot more than what we can do separately."
* Hikari sighs. "When I see someone endangering other people's lives, whatever the reason, they need to be reigned in. Working together is exactly what I'm suggesting, Mike."
> "You don't like what I'm doing? I get that. But I don't intend to stop, this is the best way I have to try and put a little honesty back into the world." Then he grins, "And if you haven't figured it out, I don't take very well to being given ultimatums. You want something from me, try talking to me like an equal instead of your minion, got it?"
<Mykasi> "Except with a tone of superiority, Hikari." Mike rubs his head, standing up a bit. "And I'm still not sure my Shadow taking over would've been a net negative - just that what happened was probably the best possible result. There's... too many variables, not enough data. That's part of what we're trying to get."
> Shiro adjusts his glasses again, "Yeah, I get that much. That's part of why I haven't done much in awhile. Valeriya vanished, then I ran into that guy in the Dream once. I've been trying to find out what all's out here besides me."
<Hikari> "I don't have 'minions' and I don't give 'orders.' I work together with my partners because we have the same goal: keeping people safe. I suppose there isn't any way I can stop you from doing what you want, Shiro. But at the least, keep us informed of what you're doing so we can clean up the mess when someone can't handle things."
> He laughs, "You don't give 'orders'? Damn woman, do you listen to yourself talk?"
<Hikari> "Consider it friendly advice to avoid future problems."
> Now he smiles, "Oh please tell me that was the threat it sounded like."
* Mykasi holds up his hands. "Okay, I think both sides here get the point. Let's move on before I remember precisely -why- I had a Shadow in the first place?"
<Mykasi> "Either that or I can filibuster by proceeding to tell the entire story again, as an option. I'd really rather not, but please. Let's just... okay. Shiro, you ran into the crow into the Dream in part, then?"
<Hikari> "...Fine, yes. Tell us what you know about this stranger, please."
> Shiro laughs, "Alright. And yeah. Well, not the crow. I was in the Dream driving a bunch of stray minor shadows out of the parking lot, when I felt like I was being watched. I looked around and couldn't see anybody for a bit, until I looked through Red Hare's eyes and saw him. This...dude wrapped in shadows was hovering at the edge staring at me." (more)
> "I called him out of course, he spooked and ran. But I remember how he made the hair on the back of my neck stand up. When that crow attacked me out here later, I got the same damn feeling. I think the creep was the guy I saw in the Dream."
* Mykasi nods. "The crow was perching on an item that Hikari received the day she fell ill. Well, raven. Oh, can I give a pro tip for later? How to distinguish a crow from a raven? I think it's a raven, but if we can get confirmation for sure..."
> Shiro nods, "Yeah, sure. Birds aren't my specialty."
<Hikari> "We're familiar with birds of ill omen. I believe one was used to keep tabs on me after my own awakening. I think if we can corner this man, or at least tell with certainty who he is, it would prove extremely informative."
> "Yeah, if I get my hands on the fucker I'll make sure you get a chance to talk to him. Once he wakes up anyway."
<Mykasi> "Crows have four, large pinion feathers - the really frickin' big feathers on the ends of the wings or tail. Ravens have five, somewhat smaller, pinion feathers to distinguish them."
<Mykasi> A pause. "You could say it's a matter of a pinion."
* Nagare groans.
> Shiro takes off his glasses to facepalm.
<Hikari> "I...Mike, what? Could you please try to remain serious here?"
* Mykasi falls off the bench laughing, before shaking his head. "Keeping too serious isn't something I do well anymore. That's something you really can blame Shiro for." The grin fades a bit. "Seriously, though, that's a telling point, as bad a joke as it is. And as Hikari said, we found it perched on a dreamcatcher. Keep an ear out for anyone receiving those - we're dead set convinced they're related to Shadow emergences..."
<Mykasi> "...and as Hikari said, they're nowhere near as friendly in intent, we don't think.
> "Dreamcatchers?" He thinks for a minute.
> "Coulda sworn I heard someone at the Afternoon Club talking about those."
> "I'll ask about it next time and let you know what I dig up."
<Hikari> "Try and remember who it was? It would be appreciated. We know at least two instances of shadows arose from such objects."
<Mykasi> "...worth looking into." Mike notes. "Thanks."
> "Alright, one was yours, what was the other one?"
<Mykasi> "Okuro. However, the targeting backfired - it hit her twin brothers instead."
<Hikari> "In both cases, the object was mailed anonymously. This is something else to listen for."
> "Okuro?" Shiro shrugs, "Don't know the name. And yeah, I'll make sure to ask about that."
<Mykasi> "Alright." Mike nods, thinking. "This leaves the origin of the Professor and Valeriya's uncertain. Which, honestly, concerns me - since it sounds like these are awoken by Persona users..."
> Shiro shakes his head, "Bad logic there man. Someone had to wake my Shadow up before I could wake up anyone else's."
> "Has to trace back to something that's not a Persona User in the end."
<Hikari> "There has to be another origin of some sort, yes."
<Nagare> "Mine... are probably convoluted enough to make it too pointless to explore at this point. Considering my Shadow woke up a good two years - at least - before yours if Theresa and Igor are to be trusted..."
<Mykasi> "...you're right. So we need to figure that out. Argh, this makes my head spin. It's impossible to work the board if we don't know the rules..."
<Mykasi> "...okay. Let's split here for now, I've got homework and that program to work on, and it's getting late."
> He nods, "Alright. Only one more thing to ask, if you don't mind."
<Mykasi> "Sure."
> "I'd like to face off against another Persona User in practice before trying to take on the creep. If any of you want to do the same, I'd be happy to square off sometime."
* Hikari raises an eyebrow. "I'm not averse to the idea, but I know from experience that injuries taken in the dream have real consequences. I would not want to risk any of us not being at full strength in the event of a break in this case."
<Mykasi> "... I'd not mind trying, but I'm not that great at direct combat. Doing some training fights between all of us might be a very good idea, though - continued practice will be a big help." Mike nods. "Regardless, I'm sure we can work something out." A grin. "And... well, there's a few other options if that doesn't pan out."
> "Um," he frowns a bit, "Do you guys not heal really fast?"
> "Is that just a me thing?"
<Mykasi> "Faster than normal from Dream injuries, but it's not immediate by any means."
> "I mean, I know how getting ripped up in the Dream can hurt out here. But I always...yeah, I heal up in a couple hours tops."
<Hikari> "It sounds to me like this is a particular talent of yours. The last beating I took in the dream left suspicious bruises for some time.
<Hikari> "
* Nagare frowns. "It took me at least a couple of days to recover from last Dream's shenanigans, and I wasn't even -hurt- in that case. I think it's safe to assume that most every characteristic of your Persona powers is likely to be unique."
<Nagare> "Which... applies to all of us, really."
<Hikari> "Very much so, yes."
<Mykasi> "Yeah, we need to take longer. Hikari got... pushed near to unconsciousness, and had to make excuses up about falling down stairs." Mike grins. "Regardless, as I said, even if I can't give you direct practice I have an ability that might prove useful to test yourself."
> he shakes his head, "Bah. Alright, we can play softball if you want then. But saying that, i'd still love to see what you all can do. And probably likewise for you."
<Hikari> "I'm sure it will possible to arrange demonstrations that don't cause inconvenient harm, yes."
<Hikari> *will be
<Mykasi> "And during downtime, we can get more serious." Mike shrugs, before turning to Nagare and Hikari. "Alright, then. Talk to you two later, then?"
<Nagare> "Most likely."
* Hikari nods. "Yes. We'll all keep in touch, and hopefully find a way to track down the campus stalker soon."
> He nods, "Yeah. I'll head to the Club tomorrow to find out more about that Dreamcatcher."
<Mykasi> "Right, and I'll probably see you at practice." Mike grins.
> Thus, the four persona users part ways having made an...alliance of sorts.
> ---------------------------------------------

[VySaika]

> -------------------------------------
> Monday afternoon, the day after talking to Shiro, the three Persona Users find themselves in the Velvet Room, having entered from Nagare's office once again. The room is as blue as ever, and Theresa stands as you walk through the door, bowing slightly, "Welcome to the Velvet Room."
> Igor motions to the usual chairs, "Please, be seated."
<Mykasi> "Red Ha- oh?" Mike blinks. "I take it this has to do with Shiro?"
* Hikari sits down and places the bag of probable placebos on the table. "We brought the 'soma,' and other drugs, if that's what they actually are, if you want to take a look at them."
<Nagare> "May as well see if you got your money's worth."
> Theresa blinks at Mike, "Hmm?" But is then quickly destracted by Hikari's bag of goods. She starts sorting through them, until she finds the one labled Soma Tablets.
<Hikari> "Well?" hikari isn't sure what kind of analysis Theresa will need to perform here. Maybe she'll know on sight whether they're anything effective or not?
<Mykasi> "Oh. Being told to sit down without having said anything gave me a different impression. Though actually, just if you guys can confirm, Shiro Asakura got his Persona here, right? If this is a 'we can't say anything' moment, tell me that instead, but." Mike asks, curiousity now piqued by Theresa's seeming non-recognition.
> A bit hesitently, she opens the bottle and takes an experimental sniff. A second later, she closes her eyes and shudders, though she doesn't seem to be in pain. A wide smile slowly spreads across her face as she opens her eyes again and nods, "Ooooh yes, this is real. Wow. Diluted, but strong enough to do the job."
<Mykasi> "So the local loony drugstore comes through. Wonder if all the samples are authentic."
* Nagare raises an eyebrow. "... wait a minute, you're -serious-?"
> Eyes gleaming, she nods, "Very serious. This is made with real Soma. It's not pure, but that's probably for the best. The pure stuff would kill you, I'm fairly sure."
<Nagare> "Now I have to wonder how did they get their hands on this."
> Igor shakes his head a bit at his assitant, "Perhaps you should explain to them just what Soma IS, Theresa."
<Hikari> "It's real? Then...well, Theresa, can I ask where someone would normally acquire this substance? Or even the knowledge of how to make it? If it's something that powerful and unusual, I can't help but wonder why this odd little shop has it at all."
> She nods, "Right, right. So many questions. Let me start with what this is, and what it can do for you, okay?"
* Hikari nods. "Go ahead."
> "Soma," she explains, "is...at essence, compresed soulstuff. Now before you freak out, let me finish. This wasn't made by ripping someone's soul out with dark magic or any crap like that, it's...the best comparison is that it's harvested from the bits leftover after a new soul has formed. And it's the most magically dense substance out there."
<Nagare> "To even harness that, a link to the supernatural would be all but necessary, then."
* Mykasi lets the muscles that immediately tensed up in his shoulders relax at the complete explanation, continuing to listen.
<Hikari> "Leftover...bits...I don't know, I think I'd still feel very strange taking it."
> "Now what it can do for you," Theresa smiles and pauses for effect, "is recharge your magical energies. The bottle has good directions, take two, without liquid, and you will feel recharged. This stuff, a more pure version of course, was a primary ingredient in things like..." she pauses for effect again, "Ambrosia. If you know your greek mythology."
* Mykasi raises one eyebrow at this, but keeps quiet.
* Hikari does know her mythology, and nods.
> "It will also make you reaaaaaally happy for a short bit, I'm betting. It tends to have that effect on mortals. Hell, it still has that effect on me."
<Hikari> "Is this substance addictive?" Hikari asks with some apparent suspicion.
<Nagare> "Given the effect it seems to have, I'm pretty sure it'd get the drug treatment the minute it landed on mainstream consumption venues."
> She shrugs, "Not inherently. It does make you feel good, and if you have an addictive personality it can be. But no more so then say your favorite food."
> "Oh yeah, and the warning here?" She points to the part of the bottle that tells you not to take any more then 2 pills in a 24 hour period, "Listen to it. You're all still really weak magically, too much of this could mess you up."
<Hikari> "Again, I have to wonder how someone would acquire it at all. Do you have any idea how a normal human would do so? Assuming those running the store are normal at all."
<Nagare> "I refuse to believe people running that godforsaken tune would qualify in any way as normal humans."
> Igor chuckles, "A normal human could aquire it the same way you did. By purchasing it from someone else."
* Mykasi starts humming wordlessly.
<Hikari> "Yes, but it would have to originate from somewhere." Hikari shrugs. "I'm just curious, in case there are persona users or something stranger running the chain, or--Mike, stop that right now."
<Mykasi> "Stop mentioning the damn song."
<Hikari> "I didn't!" Hikari turns accusing eyes on Nagare.
* Nagare snickers. "Consider this a gentleman's gift for last time."
> Theresa giggles.
<Mykasi> "What? I won't remember the song in thirty seconds. You two will."
> Theresa then shrugs, "As for that, well, I dunno. You'd have to ask someone at the store, really."
<Hikari> "How about the other drugs?" Hikari asks. "Is anything else here of genuine use?"
> She pokes through the various pharmecuticals, "Hmm. They all seem fairly legit to me. For the use proclaimed on the package, at least. Nothing else like the Soma, though. That's the only one that looks like it would help you in here."
<Mykasi> "So it's actually a legit store?" Mike says with the first tone of incredulity all night.
<Hikari> "I have to wonder what kind of market there is for pills that prevent cannibalism. I think I'd rather not know."
<Nagare> "I'm pretty sure we won't have to know as long as the sun is out."
* Nagare strokes his chin. "On the other hand, I'm pretty sure a few cases of criminal cannibalism could've been prevented this way."
<Mykasi> "Mmm." Mike muses quietly, shaking his head. "Anyway, regardless. Any chance you two can answer my previous question, or is this something I don't get an answer to?"
> Theresa blinks at Mike again, "Huh?"
<Mykasi> "Shiro Asakura ever been in here to get a persona?"
> Igor answers, "We do not give you your Personas, we merely grant access to the hidden aspects of the world after one has mastered thier Shadow and transformed it into thier Persona on thier own."
<Mykasi> "Ah-huh. Apologies, then. Did you grant him access to the Dream?" Mike asks with a nod.
> He continues, "But to answer your question, all Persona users enter the Velvet Room at some point, even if only in thier dreams."
> Theresa smiles, "Most don't need to keep coming back like you all do. Usually only the ones who have the World Arcana."
<Nagare> "Their loss, to be honest."
<Mykasi> "That." Mike nods slightly. "Just confirming."
> Theresa smiles, "Aw, how sweet. Since I know you can't be talking about Grumpy McLongnose over here."
> Igor simply eyes Theresa but says nothing.
* Mykasi raises a nose at Theresa. "Mayhaps you should include him in the conversation more often, then! Clearly this is your failing as an assistant. Or something like that."
* Nagare coughs lightly, changing the subject. "Regardless, we're essentially among the few to be regulars here currently? I have to wonder if there were a fair deal more empty timeframes for you to deal with, so to speak. But then, time must be somewhat meaningless here."
<Hikari> "What do keepers of the dreamworld do in their free time anyway?" Hikari wonders. "Whatever they want, I suppose."
<Nagare> "One of the many possibilities involves tea."
* Mykasi clearly has his own expectations, but keeps them quiet.
> Igor gives you all a raised eyebrow, but remains proffesional, "Have you any further questions, or do you wish to pass into the Dream now?"
<Hikari> "I think that's all for now. We don't have any plans for the dream today, I believe. We only came with questions this time."
> Igor nods, "Of course. Then the door is still linked with your own world."
<Nagare> "Then, shall we leave?," the teacher quips as he gets up.
* Hikari nods and stands to leave as well.
* Mykasi stands and nods, with a glance to Theresa. "I've been good all this time and haven't made a Red Hair Persona joke." After that, he turns and goes to the door... before looking to Nagare and Hikari, with a somewhat odd look on his face.
* Hikari looks confused briefly. "I don't know what--oh." She sighs. "Let's just go."
> Theresa doesn't seem to notice Mike's comment at all as she nods, "Farewell. And have a pleasent evening."
> (OOC: She is the Scene, she knows when and where to Change~)
> And thusly you step back out into Nagare's office.
<Mykasi> "Another lead." Mike mutters. "Soma? Ambrosia? Really?"
<Hikari> "If it turns out that Satomi Tadashi is run by Athena, I am checking myself into an asylum."
<Mykasi> "It'd be funnier if it was run by Zeus."
* Nagare shakes his head. "It'd be more likely to be ran by Izanami no Okami, in all fairness," then he adds."I somehow doubt the dean's wife is -making- Ambrosia out of those tablets, though. And I also have to wonder what could they do, even diluted, to someone with non-supernatural backgrounds."
<Hikari> "Theresa mentioned a mild feeling of happiness, didn't she? It could very well just be a placebo to someone not like us."
<Mykasi> "Make someone happy, and nothing much else. What all do the medicines do?" Mike asks. "What are they supposed to cure? I mean, no, she can't be making Ambrosia. But she's getting as close as she can in the mortal world, ironically enough... but we should still try and help her somehow."
<Nagare> "I'm rather worried that it'll actually have a negative effect - you never know, and I doubt she's taking those meds sparingly."
<Mykasi> "That, too."
<Hikari> "Then if there's anything we can do, perhaps we should do it before this behavior takes its toll on her? Unless anyone has leads on our mysterious stalker or a way to get into that hospital?"
* Mykasi shakes his head. "The latter's up to Nagare at this point, the middle one will likely be a joint project between us three and Shiro, so... let's try and dedicate ourselves to the first one.
* Nagare stops a moment to ponder. "Well. Reaching out to the dean's wife would probably be less problematic than reaching the stalker or the hospital in a vacuum. However, we'd need to reorganize to shuffle the offensive towards her."
<Hikari> "We can meet Shiro and see if he has any news or opinions first, I suppose?"
> Right about then, Mike's phone rings. Caller ID says it's Shiro.
* Mykasi flips the phone open. "Hey, Shiro. Sorry if you just tried to call, was AFR. What's up?"
> "AFR? What?"
<Mykasi> "Away from reality."
> "...hah, right. Hey, I just talked to that lady who mentioned a dreamcatcher at the Club. She got it Friday morning, the return address was her sister's house, but she called her sister and she claimed she didn't send it. She said she hasn't done anything with it yet, she put it back in the package and has been thinking about what to do. You want me to try and get it?"
<Mykasi> "Moment, I wanna put you on speakerphone, but that's -definitely- what we're looking at." Mike pushes the buttons, then. "Okay, Shiro. Friday morning, return address was a family member that didn't actually send it, and it's still in the package? She's not done anything with it yet?"
<Mykasi> "Er, she put it back in the package. Sorry."
<Mykasi> "Do you think you have a decent shot of getting it?"
> "Yeah, she said she opened it, took it out, called her sister, then put it right back in the package."
> "Maybe? I figured I'd just offer to buy it from her and you all could help cover the cost when we meet up."
<Hikari> "Anything that gets it away from her, but that sounds easiest to me."
<Nagare> "The main worry is whether it'll still be there by the time we get to her."
<Mykasi> "That should work, yeah. I've got no objections, at least." Mike nods. "And it's 100% linked to our stalker, I'm pretty sure, so be ve-e-e-ery careful and get it straight back to us, alright? We can figure out what to do with it from there. We -know- the drat things can vanish if left unattended, at a minimum."
> "Alright, I'll talk to her again and see if I can get it tonight then. And I'll keep my hands on it until we meet up. I almost had that sonnovabitch last time, hell if i'm letting him slip something past me again."
<Mykasi> "Alright. Need any help, you know where my room is. We're gonna work on another lead we've got for a while, but we should be around."
> "Nah, I got this. Later."
<Mykasi> "Right, later."
> Shiro hangs up.
<Mykasi> "Back to the dean's wife." Mike shakes his head.
<Hikari> "Very well. What's our next move in that regard?"
* Nagare scratches his head. "It feels like suddenly we have new leads sprouting from daisies, I tell you. But... regarding the dean's wife... I honestly have to wonder. I could try to, say, schedule a light-hearted visit to the Dean's house, but I'm not sure how much of an etiquette breach that would be. We're in pleasant enough terms, but we're hardly close."
<Mykasi> "...What I'm going to say is this. Getting to the dean's house - getting to the specific room in the dean's house - since the dean likely will have a house, even in the city - is going to be very difficult. I'd propose a different route. She's into new-age stuff, right? Maybe she frequents the spas, the new-age treatment centers, stuff like that? We can ask around those areas, see if she's been seen shopping there, and if she has, mayb
<Mykasi> " see if she's been seen shopping there, and if she has, maybe our best bet is to use the key on a treatment session."
<Nagare> "We already -do- know she's a Satomi Tadashi regular, which is a start."
<Hikari> "Yes, that might work. I was about to wonder if she ever appeared at school functions, but this sounds easier to arrange."
<Mykasi> "School functions might work. Satomi Tadashi might work. Point is, we need to catch her outside the house."
<Nagare> "That's something we probably would do best worrying about if we detect Shadow activity within her, but it's a point."
<Mykasi> "Sure. Still, we need to spot her first, and a house call seems very much a bad idea to me."
<Mykasi> "So let
<Mykasi> "So let's try to figure out when she stops by Satomi Tadashi, first off?" Mike suggests after a moment.
<Nagare> "What I had in mind, really. We could take turns observing the store so we can figure out her visiting patterns."
<Hikari> "Ah. This is what is called a stakeout, isn't it? I suppose we should sort each other's schedules out to pick times for surveillance."
* Mykasi nods. "Probably, yes. There's no reason for all three of us to come until we can confirm her times - and if she's trying to make this medicine, she's probably visiting often anyway. So."
<Nagare> "This may take a few days, but it won't be too complicated, hopefully. As long as we don't have to enter the store often."
<Hikari> "I'll be keepin as much distance as I possibly can. To avoid looking suspicious, you understand."
<Mykasi> "Of course. I'll probably just find a bench nearby and read, and pretend I can't read any loitering signs."
<Nagare> "That works."
> ---------------------------------------------------------

[VySaika]

> ------------------------------------------
> Tuesday morning. Hikari has her schedual of doom going, and Nagare has a class to teach, but Mike is still free at the moment. Which is good, since it's his phone that starts ringing. The caller ID says it's Shiro.
<Mykasi> He's outside jogging, but that doesn't stop him from taking the call. "What's up?"
> "Alright, I got the dreamcatcher. Jogging over to the school now. I know your schedual, since it's pretty much the same as mine, but when will everyone else be free? And what should I do with it, just hold on to it?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah, hold onto it or keep an eye on it. Uh... if I remember right, the professor's getting his teach on and Hikari's marathon classing, but we can probably make sure the thing doesn't get ghosted at least."
> "Alright. Should it be fine in my bag, or does one of us need to cut classes today to litterally hold on to the thing?"
<Mykasi> "...given the track record... take notes for me?" Mike says after a minute. "I might be paranoid as fuck but this is probably one of our biggest leads and the things have disappeared from fucking safe-deposit boxes. I want an eye on it, I'll cover it while you're in our shared classes."
> "Sure. Meet me outside the gym, I'll hand it off."
<Mykasi> "Gotcha, be there in a bit." Mike nods, hanging up and finishing the lap before jogging over.
> Mike gets there a bit ahead of Shiro, but he does show up before too long. He slows down and stretches a bit, then holds out one of those large padded envelopes with something inside, "Here you go. That is the thing, right?"
<Mykasi> "Fuck. Yeah, it's definitely authentic." Mike says, pulling it out of the envelope and looking it over critically. "Have I ever mentioned I hate how this asshole's misappropriating First American culture for this sort of bullshit? Stereotyping ahoy."
> Shiro starts laughing.
> "Haha, sorry man, but any kind of American going on about culture thievery? We're hardly innocent on it, but the USA is like the grand master of that shit."
<Mykasi> "Yeah, I'm sure there's pot kettle black moment going on here, but I can only point out what I'm cognizant of." Mike continues griping, before eyeing Shiro. "On the one hand, yeah, America's the grandmaster at just stealing shit it likes and calling it its own. On the other hand, I grew up having to deal with that as part of my own family history, so it does strike home for me." (More)
<Mykasi> "I mean, shit, I don't have a problem if people here decide, hey, dreamcatchers sound like a nifty cute little artsy fartsy thing, let's make some to keep away bad dreams. This?" Mike hefts the bag. "Some asshole is deliberately using a dreamcatcher to make sure shit dreams are the only ones getting through, so to speak - in other words, it's not even earnest intentions..." (More)
<Mykasi> "...or just cultural appropriation by some people geeking out over it - kinda sad but okay whatever. This is a deliberate twisting of the entire fucking thing."
<Mykasi> A pause.
<Mykasi> "So, guess whose trigger is 'deliberate distortion of already mutilated cultures'?"
> "Damn. Looks like I hit a rant button. No arguments on the guy needing a stiff beating, though, assuing it's the same fucker who'se been creeping around here." He reajusts his glasses and shrugs, "Alright, gonna grab a shower before Robotics. I'll take my notes down to the library and make a photocopy for you."
<Mykasi> "Heh, sorry. Rant not directed at you, just sort of a sour point since it's come up way too many times already and today's been a bit bad thus far anyway. Thanks, and alright. I'll keep this on lockdown."
> Shiro nods, then jogs off towards the dorms.
* Mykasi watches him for a moment. "I wonder.... eh." After a moment, he heads back himself.
> (OOC: Another Change of Scenes~)
> Later that day, at the Teriyaki Terrace, largely a stir-fry place that also happens to serve noodles, a few streets down from the campus, the four persona users meet up.
* Mykasi has the envelope. Tightly clutched in his hands. Where it has been for most of the day.
> Shiro slides into the table, having grabbed a plate from the steamtable buffet already, "Alright, so what's the next step? Oh yeah," he pulls out some folded papers and passes them to Mike, "Notes from Robotics. You didn't miss much."
<Hikari> "We could use the key on it, as with the last one. Or we could bring it to the Velvet Room and see what happens?"
* Mykasi puts the envelope on the table in the middle of the group, before accepting and looking over the notes. "...wait, shit, I missed the part on arm hydraulic refinement? Damn, that was something I was hoping to catch. Ah well, still worth it. Thanks for the notes." With that, he too goes to get food.
> Shiro shakes his head, "I'm still trying to wrap my head around that key thing. So you have to use a magic key to get in the Dream at all? What happens if someone swipes it? Or you just lose it?"
<Hikari> "Yes, we need the key to get to the dream, any dream, ever. the rest are all very good questions I plan never to have to answer. We don't be losing it. Our collective paranoia is high enough that I hope we'll be on guard against any attempts to take it."
* Mykasi plops his plate down - noodles and beef - and begins eating. "No attempts to take it that I noticed, at least, but not being in touch with the Dream, couldn't be certain."
> Shiro nods, "I was just thinking, if the creep making these Dreamcatchers can just snatch them right out of safe deposit boxes, what else could he steal?"
<Mykasi> "Good question, actually." Mike nods slightly. "Though my running theory was that he could take back the dreamcatcher because it was attuned to him."
<Hikari> "Its possible, and the only explanation I can think of. Or he doesn't know we have the key, in which case we need to keep it that way."
> "Hmm. Still way too much we don't know about how all this junk works."
<Mykasi> "Amen to that." Mike nods slightly. "Too many variables to reliably figure any of this out."
<Hikari> "Yes, which is why bringing it to the Velvet Room may be helpful. Assuming it doesn't turn into a bird again and attack us."
<Mykasi> "Including..." Mike muses after a moment, "...how we can get into the Dream together. Though I have an idea for that. You said you have to be outside to get in, Shiro?"
> Shiro nods, "Yeah. Can't do it indoors. And..." he shrugs, a bit embarrased, "Haven't figured out how to get inside from outside yet. Makes checking on the Dreams of specific people really iffy."
* Mykasi nods. "Hey, just means we cover each other pretty well. An interesting dynamic, that. But... hmhmhm. Our best bet, then... using the key on an emergency exit outside, having you enter the Dream and take the 'catcher with you. We should all four of us be able to meet up in the dream then, I think? Or even just a rarely-used door between inside and outside, and have you stand right outside. Any ideas, you two?"
<Hikari> "It sounds like a worthwhile experiment, at the very least."
> "I'm up for it. Though I gotta wonder if I could just follow you once you do the key thing."
<Mykasi> "That's the other option, yes. Though... hum. We could try that, too, actually." Mike pauses, looking suitably abashed. "I was mainly not thinking about that on the basis of 'each type of user, different type of entry' but ours might permit you access too. Hum. Worth a shot, at least?"
> Shiro nods, "Sure. And if it doesn't, I can just head outside and call the winds like normal."
> then he shakes his head, "Man, did I just call any part of this normal? Hahahaha."
<Hikari> "I find that normal is a matter of perspective. People can get used to anything." Hikari shrugs. "Shall we find a spot and try one way or the other once we're done eating?"
<Mykasi> "I'd say 'welcome to the madness' except you've been dealing with it longer than we have." After a moment, Mike nods to Hikari. "Yeah, but food first. I didn't eat today."
> Shiro nods, and keeps talking between bites, "Dunno why, but it only really gets to me how absurd this all is when I'm out here. While I'm in there, I'm either too psyched up or too busy watching my own back to worry about stuff." He pauses, "That and it just feels natural in there, sometimes."
<Mykasi> "Heh." Mike nods slightly. "Yeah, I can understand that, though for me it's more a case of just being on adrenaline the entire time I'm in there." A swallow of noodle. "You, Hikari?"
<Hikari> "I don't know. Leaping from a fashion show to being attacked by spiders within the space of minutes makes it abundantly clear to me how absurb the dream is *while* we're there."
<Mykasi> "Well, yes. But the spiders were a completely disconnected phenomenae."
<Mykasi> "From the fashion show, I mean."
> "Fashion show?" Shiro asks, "For me, it's more...disconnected scenes all kinda mashed together. Sometimes stable, sometimes shifting around. And shadows. Lots of shadows."
* Mykasi glances to Shiro in interest. "Is that so? We get... far more stable images, but that might be due to being inside and usually narrowing our focus to one or two people as often as we can."
<Hikari> "Hm. That does sound very different. We've only visited specific individuals' dreams, of course."
* Mykasi toys with a noodle on his plate, chuckling low under his breath. "And it's kinda funny to me - since 'shadow' has so many negative connotations, and yet I'm not sure what I repressed was negative, aside from the anger. And even then..."
* Hikari just nods, not really eager to talk about personal shadows.
<Mykasi> "Anyways." Mike shakes his head, finishing off his plate. "Seems like our best bet is to just try to bring you along into the Velvet Room and try shit out from there. If it fails, well, we'll work from there."
> "Sure. So when do we want to do this? After eating?"
<Nagare> "Might as well. We could acquaint Shiro with the Room's inhabitants more properly this way. And whenever we have the time."
<Mykasi> "I'm free today, already made the decision to cut classes so."
<Hikari> "That's acceptable."
------------------------------------

[VySaika]

> ---------------------------
> Leaving the Teriyaki Terrace, the four persona users make thier way back to the school and head to Nagare's office. After a bit of loitering with Nagare pretending to say something important to the students, the hall clears out of the couple people still in it. The hall is empty and the door is before you.
<Mykasi> And Mike has the key, of course. Which he has firmly clutched in hand for now. "Okay, let's try this. Ready?"
<Nagare> "We're here for nothing else. Go ahead."
> Shiro nods, "Sure. Let's see this."
* Hikari nods, nothing much to say immediately.
* Mykasi nods, and uses the key!
> The key turns easily and the door silently swings open. The normal swirling portal awaits.
* Mykasi then glances to Shiro curiously as he pokes the door open. "So, swirling portal or office?"
> Shiro blinks, "Woah. That's definately a swirling portal, yes. So you just walk through it?"
<Hikari> "That's right." Hikari steps through to demonstrate!
<Mykasi> "Yeah, usually. Occasionally we tango through blindfolded, but we save that for alternating Thursdays."
> Shiro snickers and walks towards the door after Hikari...bumping against something solid as he reaches the portal.
> "Ow."
> Reaching up, he rubs his nose and eyes the door cautiously.
> Reaching out, he pokes it. His hand does not pass through.
<Mykasi> "Then step on throu-... right, so that's a no go, it seems." Mike shakes his head, witnessing Shiro's antics. "Plan B, then. And I hate buying contraception. Professor, mind going to get Hikari?"
> "Huuuuh. I can feel the normal door here still."
* Nagare blinks. "Will... do."
<Mykasi> "Can you? Interesting. Wonder if normal people even just see the door. You can probably see the portal, being a Persona user, I'd hazard." Mike guesses.
> H/N: Nagare steps through the portal and winds up in the Velvet Room. Hikari is already there.
> H/N: Theresa giggles as you enter, "Welcome to the Velvet Room."
* Hikari looks back to Nagare. "Is there a problem?"
* Nagare waves to both, embarrassedly scratching his head. "Hello. And... yeah, there's a bit of an issue. Shiro can't enter the room."
<Hikari> "He heas his own way in, doesn't he? I suppose we'll just have to coordinate."
> H/N: Igor nods, "Even Persona Users can only see and enter the Velvet Room if they have need of it. Your freind does not, I am sorry to say."
<Nagare> "That explains a bunch. It's probably best we get back so we -actually- coordinate, though."
<Hikari> "What exactly does that mean? He can only get in when you decide to let him in? Oh, I'm sorry, Professor. Of course." Hikari exits. She can ask questions when they're all here together.
> M: Shiro raises an eyebrow at Mike, "So...do I want to know what contraceptives have to do with this, or is that just your Japanese being bad?"
> And before Mike can answer, Hikari comes back out, followed shortly by Nagare.
<Mykasi> "Oh, uh, sorry. I'm making bad cross-language puns." Mike shakes his head. "Plan B being the name of one."
> "Right." He shrugs, "So what's the plan from here then?"
* Mykasi glances to Hikari and Nagare. "I guess we go back to my plan of us three to a fire escape, and you just outside it? Is there a back corner or exit to this building people rarely use, Professor?"
<Hikari> "Good question. Apparently people can only enter the Velvet Room 'when they have need of it,' and according to Igor, shiro presently does not." Hikari shrugs. "I say we try something else anyway, yes."
> Shiro nods, "Alright. Nice to know I'm self sufficient, I guess."
* Nagare nods. "Well. Since we've gotten back into the 'muscle things out' state of affairs, this might be a good time to begin considering some mechanical theorycraft over your access to the Dream. Although it could well be running into a wall at a curve."
* Mykasi chuckles. "Always look on the positive side of life, eh, Shiro?"
> "Yup." Listening to Nagare, he nods, "Well, I can show you how I get in if you think it will help you figure anything out?"
<Mykasi> "It might, just to make sure my idea's not barking up the storm." Mike quips.
<Nagare> "It's a start, but it probably goes beyond that. I think we may start trying to create map drafts."
<Nagare> "For all the good that may do in a volatile environment like the Dream."
<Mykasi> "...wait, what?" Mike turns to Nagare, now somewhat openly confused.
<Hikari> "Maps?"
> "Uh, yeah, what they said. You lost me there, Doc."
<Nagare> "If we want to meet with a degree of certainty in the Dream, we need, for starters, to make sure we end up at the same place in the Dream, which, so far, we have no idea we're able to. We have no idea whether the Dream Shiro enters even is the same as the one we do, in pure planar terms. I think the "map" though was me getting a bit ahead of myself, though, but there's a point - we probably want to know better our environment to
<Nagare> "I think the "map" though was me getting a bit ahead of myself, though, but there's a point - we probably want to know better our environment to gather with any reliability in the Dream."
<Hikari> "Well, I would assume we all start out in the Velvet Room. We've never gone straight to the Dream without passing through that, after all."
<Nagare> "Yes, but what about Shiro? Where does he start?"
<Mykasi> "...that's ... a good point, yeah - meeting up is painful, and we don't know for sure the dreams are the same." Mike says, checking on the dreamcatcher quickly with a glance to Hikari. "Didn't Igor say Shiro doesn't need the Velvet Room or something?"
> "Should I go through my way and wait to see if you all show up where I do?"
<Hikari> "Yes, that's right."
<Nagare> "Yeah, it's as good a initial step as any."
<Mykasi> "Well, might be. It's why I'm hoping having us enter the Dream close together physically will work well." Mike amends. "And... might be best. If you don't... I can toss an image of a spider up in the air; look for that, maybe?"
> Shiro nods, "Sure. You've got my number too, so if you don't see me when you get in then give me a call." Then he frowns, "Assuming phones work normally in there..."
<Mykasi> "From my recollection, no." Mike shakes his head.
<Nagare> "Smoke signs are an oddly reliable communication tool in the Dream, to be fair. Odd, but somehow it makes sense."
<Mykasi> "So, Professor? Would you know where an exit is that we could use for this
<Mykasi> ?"
<Nagare> "Now, this may be trickier. I figure the office door's out. I'll have to admit I'm still a bit fuzzy on the basic mechanics of Shiro's Dream-hopping, though."
> "I've got to be outside, it takes me about a minute to do. Basically I call the wind down and it..." he shrugs, "I dunno, it kinda takes me into the Dream. Don't ask me to explain it."
<Mykasi> "Right. We usually take a minute or two to get through the Velvet Room, at least..." Mike muses.
<Hikari> "It makes as much sense as anything we encounter lately."
<Nagare> "Mmmmm. As a tangent, I think the best idea from a logical standpoint would be reaching for an outdoors... door," the teacher pauses. That phrase sounded awkward.
> "I don't know if wind has anything to do with the Dream, but it's what most of my powers in there are based on." He pauses a second then adds, "Well, that and the fact that I know how to fight."
<Nagare> "Well. I believe all of us seem to have an elemental alignment for our Personas, if I'm not terribly mistaken? I'm aware, at least, that Abartach seems to invoke the darkness with his magic."
<Mykasi> "Heh." Mike nods slightly, not quite immediately jumping to this conversation. "I don't quite, really, but something similar, yeah. But let's just try this somewhere?"
> "Sure thing. Lead the way."
* Mykasi glances to Nagare, instead. "You know this building, Professor. Where won't we find interference at a door leading outside?"
<Nagare> "Mmmm. I guess we could go to the higher floors of the university. I... actually don't know it that well, though" Nagare admits awkwardly. "We might... actually. I think there's a place. I hope you don't mind climbing stairs, though."
* Mykasi raises an eyebrow. "Wait. Are you..." A slight grin creeps over his face.
<Hikari> "I'm sure we'll all survive a little extra exercise. What did you have in mind?"
> Shiro snorts, "Stairs are no problem." Then he eyes Mike, "What am I not picking up on here?"
<Mykasi> "This is Japan. If there isn't an elevator to use and it's high up... well, I can't think of many places to match that but I can think of one, and that... oooh, I'm curious now.
* Nagare eyes Shiro with a subtle gleam in his eyes. "If stairs are no problem, you should find out quickly. It's a bit of an adventure."
> "Alright, let's go then."
* Mykasi nods, looking almost giddy. "Yes, let's~"
* Nagare begins the walk. "From the main halls, we first go to the tallest floor of the university. The place actually isn't too far out from sight, but the way up -from there- is a bit of a hike upwards."
* Mykasi nods once in confirmation, the grin spreading. "Hahah."
> Shiro blinks, "Wait...seriously?"
> "Remember, I've got to be outside Doc. I haven't been up there, is there an outside spot I can stand?"
<Nagare> "Yup. The door leading to the rooftops. Unless your power's definition of 'outside' is so picky you need to draw a chalk door on the ground, it should qualify. It's probably the quietest place we'll get in the university."
> He shakes his head, "Nah, roof should work. Hope it's solid on the other side still, or else I'm in for a fall." He...actually sounds somewhat unconcerned by that prospect somehow.
<Nagare> "Then, it's settled. I sorta hoped you wouldn't mind, since it's probably my favorite sight in this place. Hard to justify going there too often, though."
* Nagare bobs his head slightly, as if he was suddenly hit with a perky realization, and takes the rein to the way. The walk itself is actually pretty calm, albeit a few eyes from people having classes may pop out every now and then from the few open doors.
* Nagare looks back to see how are the others faring. For all that the three of them are all healthier and faster than he is.
* Mykasi is doing fine, quite interested in the end destination.
* Hikari gets plenty of exercise and won't be defeated by mere stairs!
> Shiro seems to be perfectly fine as well.
> BEfore long, though it surely seems longer then it really is, they arrive at the door Nagare was thinking off, that leads out to the roof.
<Mykasi> "Right. This is it, then?" Mike queries. "Let's try this, then?"
* Nagare opens the door and a smile immediately forms on his face. The somewhat awkward bell tower stands near the center of the roof, not being the real attraction of the area, but the sight leading to the rest of the city is quite breathtaking. "As soon as you're ready. I can't get over the sight still, though.""
> Shiro heads out, carefully walking onto the roof. Taking a moment to look around, he sits down crosslegged, takes a deep breath and exhales slowly, "Alright, here goes."
<Mykasi> "Okay. We'll meet you in the Dream, presuming all goes well." Mike nods. "Professor, we should enter the Dream into the direction of the outside."
> He lowers his head and seems to be...almost meditating for a moment. For a few seconds, nothing seems like it's going to happen. Then Nagare feels a whisp of wind pass by...and suddenly the air is filled with light. Lights start sliding down from the sky, swirling in a spiral and catching on the wind, spinning downwards to circle around the man sitting on the roof(more)
> The lights surround him, and the wind picks up...or at least it seems to. Nothing else is disturbed, no leaves or dust are moved by the wind, but Shiro's clothes and hair are whipping about as if in the middle of a hurricane. The three of you can feel it as well, but for all that it *feels* strong, it's not enough to even try and move you. It's like you can feel it...but at the same time it doesn't really touch you.
> A moment later, the wind and light completely envelope him...and he dissapears.
<Mykasi> "...heh. Riding the wind, indeed."
<Nagare> "I have to wonder what people would say if they saw this. Less conspicuous than turning a key, to say the least."
<Hikari> "Definitely so. He must have been going to some effort to avoid being noticed."
<Mykasi> A pause. "Well, let's not keep him waiting?" Mike asks, checking on the dreamcatcher again just to make sure it hasn't slipped his grasp somehow.
<Nagare> "Regardless, we should get into the Dream ourselves. I doubt Shiro is fond of waiting, yes."
> The dreamcatcher is still firmly in Mike's grip.
<Hikari> "We *are* speaking of someone who pushed people into confronting their shadows just to see what would happen. I doubt patience is among his virtues. Let's go."
<Mykasi> "Right, let's rock the key." Mike nods, leading the group back inside and then using the key on the door outside!
> As always, the key turns effortlessly and the door swings open.
* Hikari enters!
<Mykasi> "Onward, brave Persona soldiers!"
> (OOC: Harmony, Harmony, SCENE CHANGE~!)
> The Velvet Room is waiting, as blue as always. Theresa bows as you all enter, "Welcome back~"
<Mykasi> "Hi! Sorry for the hit and run earlier, we were testing something. For science, of course."
> Theresa giggles, "Science has so very little to do with this place, I promise."
<Nagare> "We still are, technically."
<Mykasi> "but but"
<Mykasi> "...but"
<Hikari> "Hello again. And yes, it is something of an experiment day. Perhaps we should proceed straight to the dream to not leave Shiro alone out there? Not that I want to be rude and refuse your hospitality, of course," Hikari says with a respectful nod to Theresa and Igor.
<Mykasi> "...science?" Mike's face looks like the perfect example of a Studio Ghibli or a Disney pouty face.
> Igor nods, "Of course." He raises his hands, works the magic and the door glows, "The door will take you into the Dream. DO be careful, this is your first time venturing into the Greater Dreamscape."
* Hikari looks to her partners. "I'm ready when you are. Well, unless we want the proprietors here to look at the dreamcatcher?"
<Nagare> "I'm not sure we should be taking our eyes off the dreamcatcher. I trust Igor and Theresa to be excellent vault keepers, but the thing is as fickle as ether."
<Mykasi> "Uh." Mike shakes his head, sobering up and pulling out the dreamcatcher for them to see. "If you guys have anything to say, sure. And what precautions should be taken about the Greater Dreamscape?"
> "Keep your wits and your will about you, and remember that things may not always be as they seem." Igor cautions.
<Mykasi> "...right." Mike nods, still holding the dreamcatcher out.
<Nagare> "Sounds suspiciously like the logical extreme of the Dream so far."
> Theresa shrugs, "It looks just like the last one you showed us, Mike."
<Mykasi> "Right." Mike nods, keeping a grip on it. "Just making sure. Let's get going, then."
* Hikari nods. Nothing more to say for now. Time to head out into the wilds!
> And thus you open the door and step out...
> (OOC: This is a Scene Change song, changing all the time~)
> You step out of the Velvet Room and onto what seems to be the balcony of some kind of fortress. The first thing you notice is Shiro standing at the edge just staring outwards. Then you notice what he's staring at.(more)
> From this height, you can see...what you can only assume is the city. A mishmash of architechture and styles sprawls out, ranging from modern, to archaic, to gingerbread houses and crystalline spires. Sometimes a building seems to start as one thing and change to another part of the way through, with no rhyme or reason to the mix.(more)
> Between the buildings, the streets...or what you think are the streets, also flow and change. Here it's a road, over there a river, in another place a feild of grass and in another...open sky? From what you assume must be the parking lot of the school, you see a small boat start moving along, turning the road before it to water as it goes, while the water changes to something else after it passes(more)
> People...things...move around below you as well. Some seem normal, or at least recognizable, some strange and fanciful or simply bizzare, others nightmare creatures that make your blood run cold. Something inside you tells you that these creatures are all Shadows. Some of them are fighting, others mulling around minding thier own buisiness, others racing along with the things on the 'streets'. It's a chaotic jumble.(more)
> Above you, and stretching out above the city, is the sky. Resembling a patchwork quilt, the sky shifts and changes color and form in patches and streaks. In one place it's sunset, in another a thunderstorm brews. A moonless night or high noon in others still. The weather is just as chaotic, staying no stable state for more then a small stretch at a time.
> Shiro stands at the edge of the balcony, staring out at all this in awe.
* Hikari looks around. For a while. Then: "So. Professor. Where do you propose we start mapping this madhouse?"
<Nagare> "... I propose we start weeping at the prospect for the moment. On the other hand, this at least solves one question mark in the conundrum."
> "It looks alot different from up here." Shiro says, as you speak up behind him, "I've been down there, in all that mess before. The parking lot and the park behind the Kirijo Building are the places I go to train and blow off steam alot. But..."
> He shakes his head, "I can't tell whether I should be amazed or horrified at this mess from up here."
<Hikari> "I believe both would be appropriate."
<Nagare> "I think only both at the same time justify the sight, yes. This is... wow. And I complained about Ewan and Keita."
<Mykasi> A silence settles over Mike as well, his face going openly from shock to awe to- anger? - to a sort of controlled calm. "But from up here, it must be an entirely different sight. This is our first time even in this part of the Dream - and it's both a fitting and frightening introduction. 'Chaos is the score upon which reality is written.' ...Thoreau or someone." Mike shakes his head, advancing to next to Shiro.
> He points down at some of the nastier looking critters squaring off, "Yeah, and be careful if you ever go down into it. Some of those fuckers are out for blood, they'll come at you and keep coming until one of you is dead."
<Hikari> "You know this from experience? Not that I doubt it, looking at them. Only curious."
> "The park's pretty full of that type, yeah. That's why I go there to train..." he shugs, "and knocking Shadows around is pretty good stress relief, I gotta say."
<Mykasi> "Given appearances, and based on this... we'd not be much sparring partners for you as it stands, I suspect. We'd have to work up to your level - while we could probably still give you a challenge, it'd take all we had." Mike estimates vaguely, returning to a far earlier estimates. "Given that you've been dealing with this stuff. It may be good practice for us, too, for later trials."
> He shrugs, "Maybe, maybe not. Depends on if you try me one on one or all at once. The more enemies I have, the stronger I get." Shiro grins, "Red Hare doesn't think much of being outnumbered."
<Hikari> "Try taking them all on at once sometime?
<Hikari> "
<Nagare> "That would explain further why you can use those Shadows as training."
<Mykasi> "Hah." Mike nods slowly. "That makes sense. Idly, Red Hare? I know where mine comes from, but I'm not familiar with a Red Hare. Sounds like a First American or tribal god, but."
> "Chinese, actually. Red Hare is the greatest of all horses. He only accepted two riders in his life, the almost invincible Lu Bu and Guan Yu, the god of war." There's almost a bit of reverance in his voice as he speaks of the latter man.
<Mykasi> "Aaaaah." Mike nods. "An area I should do more research in. And that... really explains a lot, yes. Lu Bu and Guan Yu, eh?" A smile almost seems to twitch across his face, but otherwise he keeps controlled. "You may need to tell us about them sometime. But first... the dreamcatcher." And with that, he pulls the dreamcatcher out again, focusing on it intently.
> He adjusts his glasses, "It's Three Kingdoms era stuff. Pretty interesting, if you like reading about war. Since that's basically what the whole time period was, one giant clusterfuck of a war."
* Mykasi nods slowly.
> OOC: Ah yes, the Dreamcatcher...roll your Spirit, everyone~
> roll 2d8 shiro spirit
* Hatbot --> "Gatewalker rolls 2d8 shiro spirit and gets 5."12 [2d8=1, 4]
<Nagare> roll 2d8 Hatbot loathes me~
* Hatbot --> "Nagare rolls 2d8 Hatbot loathes me~ and gets 11."12 [2d8=4, 7]
<Hikari> roll 2d8
* Hatbot --> "Hikari rolls 2d8 and gets 11."12 [2d8=7, 4]
<Mykasi> roll 2d8 muddafuggin Dreamcatcher betta be not frontin' me, ya hear? I'z gotz a bitch to bird, I mean a bird to bitch, and I'mma gonna bitch it -hard-
* Hatbot --> "Mykasi rolls 2d8 muddafuggin Dreamcatcher betta be not frontin' me, ya hear? I'z gotz a bitch to bird, I mean a bird to bitch, and I'mma gonna bitch it -hard- and gets 16."12 [2d8=8, 8]
<Hikari> roll 2d8 less fail?
* Hatbot --> "Hikari rolls 2d8 less fail? and gets 8."12 [2d8=3, 5]
> Mike holds out the Dreamcatcher and you all focus on it. Nagare doesn't see anything unusual, while...Hikari doesn't for a moment, then hears the faint rattle of dice and suddenly the bird fades into a very faint view. It's almost like it's not entirely solid. And it's staring at Mike.
> Mike, on the other hand, needs to roll Soul again~
<Mykasi> roll 2d8 ...punk ass bot, you best not step any further and get in line, ya dig?
* Hatbot --> "Mykasi rolls 2d8 ...punk ass bot, you best not step any further and get in line, ya dig? and gets 9."12 [2d8=8, 1]
> roll 2d8 damage
* Hatbot --> "Gatewalker rolls 2d8 damage and gets 12."12 [2d8=7, 5]
> Suddenly, Mike feels his energy sapping out of him. Like it's being syphoned away by something...
* Gatewalker changes topic to 'Mike: 70/70 HP[65/95 EP]'
> Shiro blinks, "THAT! That's the fucking crow!"
<Mykasi> "...nngh." Mike grimaces, suddenly shaking his head. "Uh, I... don't see... woof. Tired. You see it? Is it staring at me still, even after you said that?"
> He nods, "Yeah. You want me to grab it or what?"
<Hikari> "Please try. We did not have the greatest success on our last attempt."
> Shiro reaches out and tries to snatch the thing!
> roll 2d8
* Hatbot --> "Gatewalker rolls 2d8  and gets 13."12 [2d8=5, 8]
<Mykasi> "Wait. Last time we grabbed it... oooooh..." Mike kinda winces. "Shit, feel like I just ran a marathon. Hikari, be ready to try as well?"
> Hikari sees his hands pass right THROUGH the raven. The bird turns to him and lets ot a mocking caw that only Hikari and Shiro hear.
* Nagare scratches his head. "This is vaguely embarrassing. Only half of us can even -see- the bird?"
> He looks at the bird and adjusts his glasses again, "So that's how you wanna do this, you fucking pile of pillow stuffing? Alright...alright..."
<Mykasi> "Same way it worked last time - I could see it then, Hikari couldn't. It's the Dream, things aren't consistent." Mike says woozily.
> He moves to have a bit of space, then yells out, "To me, RED HARE!"
<Hikari> "You know, unless this can actually talk and tell us something of note, it's looking less and less like we can do anything productive with the creature."
> And in a flash, the same very large red horse you remember from Shiro's dream appears next to him. It snorts and stamps a hoof, then glares at the bird.
> Shiro swings up into the saddle, pulling a frikking polearm(which was definately not there in the dream) from where it's fastened to the saddle and leveling the thing at the bird's beak. "Come on. Sqwak at me again, pal."
> Mike, of course, only sees Shiro pointing a spear-thing at the Dreamcatcher that's in his hands...
<Mykasi> "Yeah, okay. Shiro, moment. Let's think. Can we use this to somehow lure Mr. Asshole Birddudemanpersonthing to us?" Mike asks. "For that moment... Hikari, we never checked. Is this the very dreamcatcher you recei-...oooooo... received?"
<Hikari> "It looks like it. That does not mean that it IS it, though. I may not be able to tell these things apart."
<Mykasi> "...right. Okay. Tell me if it looks like it gets pissed at me." Mike asks, before squeezing the Charmin! And the dreamcatcher.
> "So do I stab it now?"
<Mykasi> "Is it pissed?"
<Nagare> "Can you tell, Hikari?"
> Mike squeezes! Nothing seems to happen(are you trying to squeeze hard enough to break it?)
<Hikari> "It doesn't seem bothered. Yet, at least."
<Mykasi> OOC: Not hard enough to break, but definitely hard enough to put notable pressure on it.
> The raven is actually a bit busy staring at the blade in it's face to bother with Mike at first. Then as the pressure increases, it looks back at Mike and caws loudly, flapping it's wings in protest.
<Hikari> "Ah. That's done it, I think. It is, at the least, irritated."
> "Yeah, it's making some noise now."
<Mykasi> "Right." Mike mutters. "Then... Ngh. Sorry, Shiro, I'm trying to think... Okay, we can either break the dreamcatcher-" Mike lessens his pressure, at this, slightly- "or we can kick Mr. Asshole Thingamangduddillyfudgsickles' ass to Kingdom Go. I vote the bird this time, but... augh. What we really want is Birdbrain's attention."
<Hikari> "I wonder how much this creature is capable of reasoning. It's obviously not a normal bird, after all." Hikari addresses the raven: "You can understand us? Do you have some means of communicating? Or do we crush the dreamcatcher and be done with you?"
> The bird ignores Hikari, going back to staring at Shiro and his weapon as Mike lets the pressure slack.
* Nagare eyes the scene obviously dumbfoundedly. "I... honestly don't understand what's going on here very well."
<Mykasi> "We tried talking before, didn't work. I vote we stab the bird, see what happens and who we piss off." Mike suggests.
<Hikari> "Very well. It doesn't seem talkative, after all." Hikari retrieves the sword card from her bag, turning it into the lightblade.
* Mykasi nods to Shiro as well. "You take the first, uh, jab?"
> Shiro eyes the sword, "Damn. Nice sword. You want the honors, I take it?"
<Hikari> "Oh, I may as well. One of these was in MY head at some point, after all. I can't say I care for them much after that." Hikari steps forward and swings at the raven!
<Mykasi> "someone kill it before I decide to spontaneously suffer from narcolepsy"
> OOC: Roll 2d8 to hit~
<Hikari> roll 2d8
* Hatbot --> "Hikari rolls 2d8 and gets 10."12 [2d8=8, 2]
<Hikari> roll 2d8 reoll dammit
* Hatbot --> "Hikari rolls 2d8 reoll dammit and gets 5."12 [2d8=3, 2]
> OOC: Roll damage, then make a Soul check.
<Hikari> roll 2d8 damage
* Hatbot --> "Hikari rolls 2d8 damage and gets 12."12 [2d8=4, 8]
<Hikari> roll 2d8 it's all about soul~
* Hatbot --> "Hikari rolls 2d8 it's all about soul~ and gets 4."12 [2d8=1, 3]
> roll 2d8 damage
* Hatbot --> "Gatewalker rolls 2d8 damage and gets 14."12 [2d8=6, 8]
> Hikari steps in and swings! The bird caws in a panic as the blade passes right through it...not because it didn't hit, but because it didn't offer much resistance to Hikari's pure power. But even as the bird dies, lightning arcs up through the sword, coursing through Hikari's body.
* Gatewalker changes topic to 'Mike: 70/70 HP[65/95 EP], Hikari: 70/90 HP'
> As the bird dies, it becomes visible to Mike and Nagare.
> It's...kind of split in half and messy. Though the 'blood' seems like thick black shadowstuff.
* Hikari nearly drops the sword, gasping in surprise and pain. She stands panting and shuddering as it passes. "The next time we kill one of these, remind me to let Brynhildr do the dirty work."
<Mykasi> "Kch." Mike grimaces, eyeing it. "Not much of anything. I suspect that the Dreamcatcher itself is now worthless."
* Mykasi glances to Hikari afterward with some slight concern. "Will do."
> "What the HELL? They shoot lightning?" Shiro stares at the remains of the bird in a bit of...well, shock.
<Hikari> "Possibly. Perhaps we should still keep it. Maybe the owner will not be able to track and retrieve it with the bird dead?"
<Mykasi> "Oh, sure. But... mmm. I don't know. This is confusing, and I'm tired suddenly still."
> "This is the first time I've seen that. Normally when you kill something in here, it just kinda fades away. Sometimes leaves some little trinket behind or whatever. Never had anything take a parting shot like that."
* Nagare strokes his chin, still fairly dumbfounded. "I guess trying our luck at the Velvet Room information shuffle wouldn't hurt. This may be even a novelty for Igor and Theresa, which could bring some interesting information up."
<Mykasi> "Good to know." Mike nods slowly.
<Hikari> "Trinket? such as?"
> He starts counting off, "Uh, had a clown-demon-thing leave behind it's shoes once. Scraps of cloth from some ghost looking critters. A collection of...what were probably sex-toys from this batch of things I really dont' want to describe. Last time I go near that store in the Dream, I tell you what."
* Hikari raises an eyebrow. "Dare I wonder what that one corresponded to in the real world?"
* Nagare raises an eyebrow. "Do you mean Satomi Tadashi or something less pleasant?"
* Hikari quickly looks at Mike. "Do not begin humming the music. I won't warn you again."
> "It was an Adult Toy Store," he says matter of factly, "Didn't know what I was getting into there, was just kinda wandering around some alleyways exploring. Got back out quick as soon as I mopped that lot up."
* Mykasi raises an eyebrow- and then sniggers. "Haha."
<Hikari> "I see. Locations here do correspond to the real world in some straightforward fashion, then? This is good to know."
<Mykasi> "...7Vagina dentata, what a wonderful phrase... Vagina dentata, lasts you the rest of your daaaa-aaaays~?" Mike sings in English.
<Nagare> "It may also be convenient for us to know in the near future. One interesting consideration is whether we coul- Mike, -don't even begin-," the teacher scowls.
<Mykasi> "Killjoys!"
> Shiro looks at Mike, "Huh? Stick to Japanese man, I don't speak English very well."
<Hikari> "Consider yourself fortune, Shiro. Let's go back for now?"
<Hikari> *fortunate
> "Sure." Shiro slides off Red Hare, re-affixes his polearm to the saddle, gives the horse a good scratch on the neck and then his persona dissapears. And he sits back down and starts meditating again...
<Mykasi> "Alright." Mike nods to both, heading back. "We'll meet you back in the real world..."
> -------------------------------

[VySaika]

> ------------------------------------------
> Parting ways with Shiro, the party returns to the Velvet Room, stopping to ask some questions before moving back to the School.
> Theresa smiles as always upon your return, "Welcome back."
<Mykasi> "Hiya. That... was a trip." Mike smiles wanly.
* Hello-JumpluffthedralWaddleDee is now known as Nagare
> Igor nods sagely, "The Greater Dreamscape is not an easy sight for the faint of heart."
<Nagare> "Oh, if it was difficult only for the faint of the heart."
> Theresa grins, clearly finding your reactions to the sight amusing, "So did you find what you were looking for?"
<Mykasi> "Uh... kinda." Mike mutters. "Not quite, but a similar event."
<Mykasi> With that, he fishes out the Dreamcatcher again. "Does this still hold the power that you saw the first one with?"
> Theresa reaches out to take it, "Let me check. Um, I'll need you all to close your eyes again please."
* Nagare does so. "Why's that again?"
> "Keep coming back to visit me and you might find out."
<Hikari> That's a fairly simple request, so Hikari does so (though she's as confused about the reason as Nagare).
* Mykasi closes his eyes as well, not worried about questioning the magical crazy awesome girl.
> you can hear her futzing with it a bit, including plucking at the stings in it a couple of times. Then after a bit she says, "All clear, you can look now."
* Hikari opens her eyes, then.
* Nagare follows suit. "The caprices of a lady.
> Holding the Dreamcatcher out for Mike to take back, Theresa shrugs, "There's definately still some power in it, but not much. In fact barely any. It's the same...kind of power, roughly, but not nearly as much."
<Hikari> "Enough to make it disappear like the last one, I wonder?"
<Mykasi> "Domo." Mike takes it back. "And... that's expected, but vaguely frustrating. I know what I want to do to the next one we find, if we find another one."
> "Oh?" She raises an eyebrow at Mike.
<Mykasi> "Break it without killing the bird first." Mike mutters.
* Hikari nods. "It is something we haven't done yet. We may as well be thorough and experiment if we find more."
<Nagare> "There are many, many ways to break a dreamcatcher, it seems. I have to wonder if smashing them actually -helps-. When Issa broke her siblings' trinket, they went borderline insane, didn't they?"
<Mykasi> "It's possible they were already too far under its influence, however." Mike notes. "Remember, that situation had been going on for a while. And... well, if it tries to make -us- go mad, we fight back, and possibly pull the damn asshole making them to us."
* Nagare shakes his head. "I'm not particularly worried about us regarding the catchers. I'm more concerned about the targets. We haven't figured out how they... well... 'choose' their victims, come to think of it, nor if the dreamcatchers work their magic from afar."
> Theresa chimes in, "I can tell you one thing, though. The person making these isn't the same as what's pulling people out of reality. Both the kind and scale of the magic are completely different."
<Mykasi> "Well. In each case, it was sent to a person - let's just designate them the 'intended victim' - and let to work from there, presumably. The only reason Okuro's situation was different was that her siblings claimed the damn thing instead. So it's only aimed via the envelope - and if it doesn't actually afflict the target, the sender doesn't care. Shiro but even more sociopathic in that regard - at least Shiro has commendable motives."
<Nagare> "Subtler method, too."
<Mykasi> "Yes." Then, to Theresa, "That's a relief, at least - or it would be, except then I have no leads on what's doing that shit, other than 'it's someone else'."
> "We aren't just sitting on our thumbs here, we are still looking into that." She then glances at Igor, "Well, I am anyway."
> Igor ignores her jibe.
<Hikari> "I wonder if either of you consider anyone in the dreamcatcher class worth investigating? The older man has always struck me as very strange. The first time we were there, he seemed surprised to see me."
<Nagare> "It'd be an interesting place to start. We'd have our work cut out for us, though."
* Mykasi shrugs to Igor and Theresa. "Honestly? It's appreciated, but don't concern yourself too much - I mean, sure, in downtime, but... there's got to be a lot of things you two have to do." Then, to Hikari and Nagare, "It's... possible, but remember Shiro's description? Don't think he fits."
<Mykasi> "Toshio seems more likely, honestly, if it's either of the two."
<Hikari> "You're assuming the stalker is the person who's been sending the dreamcatchers. While possible, we don't know if this is true."
<Mykasi> "Except birds get associated with both, which I'm not willing to simplify out of the equation. Occam's Pump Action Shotgun and all.
<Nagare> "Occam's Razor sadly fails us in this more often than not."
<Mykasi> "Which is why we upgraded to the shotgun."
* Nagare blinks. "I... see?"
> Theresa giggles.
* Ranout is now known as Ranmilia
<Mykasi> "...Look, it was shiny, it only cost three thousand imaginary lesser shiny, and it meant plus two on the Spot Obvious Correlation checks. I thought it worthwhile." Mike mutters.
> "So were you this bugnuts insane before the whole Shadow/Persona thing, Mike?" Theresa grins as she asks.
* Hikari shakes her head. "Can we get back to talking about things that actually exist? ...Supposedly exist, at least?"
<Nagare> "I admit absolutely nothing regarding cloudcuckooland."
<Mykasi> "I covered it up better." Mike notes glibly. "But, in general, yes. And sure. If I remember right... well, no. Scratch Toshio fitting better, it could be Toshio or Dami. I think I misrecalled his commentary - it wasn't dark hair, but short hair, which would qualify both...
<Mykasi> "...and depending on the angle, might even disqualify Toshio. Shit. Dami does indeed seem like our most obvious perpetrator."
<Mykasi> "Been leaving that alone since I didn't get a bad impression from him - you were the main person to interact with him - but ..."
<Hikari> "Maybe it's nothing, but that expression he reacted with when he first saw me..." Hikari shrugs. "I suppose circumstances have me reading more into that kind of thing than I used to."
<Mykasi> "It's something to look into, definitely." Mike nods slightly.
<Nagare> "We could always take the next class as an opportunity for that."
<Mykasi> "What're you thinking?" Mike asks. "Get into their dreams while they're in class? ...at least one of us should attend during that, and remember what it was like with Shiro and his roommate? Distinguishing between more than one might be tough, though we could just ask.
<Hikari> "Yes, we could. I'm not sure *what* to do, exactly. Follow him afterwards? I don't believe research turned up much before." Hikari considers Mike's suggestion. "Finding our way to one specific dream would be difficult, but it's not a bad idea."
<Nagare> "I figure we might as well poke into their Dreams. We might find out some unexpected facts, even. We're less likely to invade the dreams of kitchen appliances, even. That was an unpleasant experience."
<Mykasi> "You only found much on Toshio, if I recal- ...How about we discuss this where we're not disturbing the poor residents here." Mike rubs his head. "Unless you guys had further questions?"
<Nagare> "I don't know. Theresa seems to enjoy the company, at least."
<Hikari> "Oh, yes," Hikari says, looking embarassed. "I'm sorry, that was rude of us, wasn't it? Holding a planning meeting in your living room."
> Igor waves it off, "Think nothing of it. The Velvet Room is built for just such accomidations. Space to meet is within our lines to provide you, it's simply storing things here or more direct help we cannot offer."
> That said, he waves his hands and returns the door to the real world.
<Mykasi> "...thank you for accomodating us, regardless." Mike says guiltily.
<Hikari> "Yes, perhaps we should go? Returning to the real world would be somewhat comforting after what we just saw."
<Nagare> "Well, yes. I wonder if Shiro went back by now."
> Igor simply nods, while Teresa smiles as she stands and bows, "Thank you for coming. Have a plesant afternoon~"
> (OOC: Wide open falsehoods, the Scene Changing truths~)
> And you all step back out into the belltower. Shiro is already there, or at least nearby, sitting out on the roof.
<Nagare> "I actually wondered if you decided to stay and kick the heads out of random Shadows while we mingled. Hello again."
> "Huh?" He stands up and wanders back over, "Nah, I started coming back the same time you opened the door. You took awhile in there, too. Figure anything out?"
<Hikari> "Only that Mike wants a shotgun for reasons I wasn't really clear on."
<Mykasi> "We weakened the dreamcatcher, at least, and Hikari thinks she might have one lead - though it's not a great one. And... we'd want to be subtle, at least on the first part of it." Mike nods slightly, looking out over the scene.
<Mykasi> ...before glancing to Hikari irritably. "Oh, we discussed more than that."
<Nagare> "We mostly elucubrated. But we have a few more ideas, some of them involving a Dreamcatcher class. And let's be honest, Mike likely doesn't need a reason to want a shotgun."
> "Tch," Shiro snorts, "Guns are weak." Then he considers and shrugs, "Well, at least in there. I guess one could be handy out here. Not my thing, though."
> "And, uh, what's this about a Dreamcatcher class?"
<Mykasi> "Well, sure, a normal one. But that's why I want Occam's Shotgun - simplifies anything complicated instantly, especially Shadows! Oh, and there's a Dreamcatcher class being taught. We've been keeping tabs on the group, but... there's a decent chance one of the group members might be - emphasis on might - be Ravenboy."
<Hikari> "We signed up for a class on making them. This was some time ago, when we had much less in the way of information. It seemed like it might give us a lead."
<Nagare> "Though the recurrent symbolism is... interesting, to say the least. To the point of striking eerily close to home sometimes."
<Mykasi> "It's called Dreamspeakers, actually, and the Dreamcatcher class was earlier. Correction to self. But said suspect did participate in that segment, we think."
<Hikari> "And still attends the classes. We've gone several times to keep an eye on things."
> Shiro gives Mike a long look, then ventures the question, "So if we think the creep is the guy doing the dreamcatchers, you want me to come along and see if I can recognize the shape?"
<Mykasi> "Mmm. Let's... actually, two-pronged idea, and I won't ask what the long look was for. I've got ninety-nine problems but a time bitch ain't one, don't give me shit for that. Anyways." Mike clears his throat.
* Nagare scratches his head. "... I do not comprehend."
> Shiro blink, "Huh?"
* Nagare coughs awkwardly. "Nevermind, I just didn't understand what was up with the awkward silence - and Mykasi's reaction to it. Either that, or I suddenly referenced something beyond my ken. Please continue."
<Mykasi> "What I'd like to propose is that we both check his dreams for a Persona, and that you get a visual of him to see if he's the correct person." Mike says first. "Now, I -can't- attend class for this to work. And if only one person attends, it might seem off. Hikari seems an obvious choice to attend - if Dami is the target, he might be suspicious of her, and her attendance might keep him calmer."
<Mykasi> "Presuming his attendance - not a certainty - I can enter the Dream and try to track his Dream down. Professor, your call as to which area you take."
* Hikari nods. "I can go, yes. I wouldn't mind taking a break from barging into someone else's dreams. Though I have to advise whoever does so to be extremely careful. We don't know what kind of environment to expect with even a normal person."
<Nagare> "I figure I may as well take the Dream. I have the nagging suspicion this so-called sensorial sensibility will start mattering more as we hop into more dreams."
<Mykasi> "Shiro, I'd just say that if we can confirm he's in attendance, you show up and get a look at him as he leaves. We don't want to start shit there - we're probably best off pinning him in the Dream somehow. Having you confirm he is - or even could be - Mr. Ravenboy might help."
> Shiro frowns, "So what, you want me to wait outside?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah. If he is Ravenboy, we do not want something to happen there - especially since there will be innocent civilians around at that time." Mike shakes his head. "I know it's not cool. But I can't think of a better solution off the top of my head, and I'd guess he could recognize you. And bringing you there might make him think the jig is up, figuratively speaking."
<Hikari> "Yes, please do not attempt a confrontation at the class itself. One attendee regularly brings her young daughter. I wouldn't want there to be a fight with her present."
> Shiro shakes his head, "Wouldn't start a fight inside, especially not with a kid around. Give me a little more credit then that."
<Mykasi> "It's not -you- I'm concerned about starting a fight, actually." Mike shakes his head.
<Mykasi> "But Ravenboy? Yeah. Pinned bird, desperate, claw, scratch, not good."
> "I'm just thinking the Dream might not be the best place to confront him. No idea how strong he is there, but," Shiro slams one fist into his other open palm, "Out here? Yeah, I'm pretty confident I can take him. If he could beat me, he wouldn't have run from me before."
<Mykasi> "...hm." Mike pauses at this. "That's... okay, on the one hand, that's actually not a terrible point, and we have a trump card there, too. But... mmmmmmm. Lemme think on that one. There's definitely a point to that, though."
<Nagare> "I have the feeling we won't find out whether the barroom rumble would be necessary -without- entering the Dream, myself."
> Shiro shrugs, "So when'd you say this class was?"
<Nagare> "Monday afternoons, unless I'm horribly mistaken."
<Mykasi> "After our last classes, actually." Mike nods."
> SHiro checks his watch, "And it's Tuesday today. So do we do anything about it until then or just wait? I'm gonna keep patrolling around at night so I can try and catch him if he shows back up at least."
<Hikari> "I don't have much more in the way of plans. Do you want backup?"
> "Sure. Maybe I can get Oda to stay inside then." He shakes his head, "I appriciate the sentiment, but fighting's probably the one thing the guy isn't good at."
<Mykasi> "Heh. Right." Mike nods. "Probably not unwise to keep him out of this, then."
<Hikari> "I expect I'll be busy Wednesday, but any other night you go out looking, just let me know."
> "Sure thing."
> --------------------------------------------

[VySaika]

> ---------------------------------------------------------------
> Monday during lunch break, Mykasi has invited the group to meet up at a small place nearby called Can Can Saaan, which serves...well, you'd have to ask him, he's the one who invited you. The previous week had been uneventful, no sightings of the stalker, nor of the Dean's wife at Satomi Tadashi.
> And as time is wont to do, November has given way to December. And the temperature has gotten lower. Enough so that you're the only ones in the place for lunch today...
* Nagare glances throughout the place's halls, sitting and shrinking himself into his winter trenchcoat. "This is eerily appropriate."
<Mykasi> Can Can Saaan, oddly, serves a "fusion" menu. It's also notably cheap and has a buffet, which is probably why Mike chose it - and Mike is comically bundled up in clothing as he stumbles in a bit late, waving to the table as he sits down somewhat heavily and cusses in English. "Fucking hell it's colder than witches' tits in Cania out there!"
* Hikari arrives bundled up in a heavy coat (not like dressing conservatively is anything unusual for her). "I hope we turn up something at the class today," she says, straight to business. "The lack of results recently has been frustrating."
> Even Shiro has a heavy jacket on, for all that Mike's seen him practically spit on the cold during morning runs, "I'm not sure what you just said, but it sounded like swearing at the weather, so I'm with you there. This is not fucking natural."
> Then he stops, thinking about what he just said, "Not natural. Man...you guys don't think...?"
<Nagare> "What do you mean by that? This is my first winter in Kanazawa, so I wouldn't know how harsh winters are in here."
<Hikari> "I'm not prepared to contemplate a conspiracy to control the weather. Let's deal with what we *know* is a problem first, please?"
> "Never this bad," he answers Nagare.
<Nagare> "At this point, I half-expect Mykasi to jump in saying 'there is -always- a conspiracy to control the weather', in all honesty. And I see."
<Mykasi> "Yeah, that was cussing at the weather." Mike mutters. "But yes, let's dig something up at the class today, hopefully." A glance to Shiro. "I... was hoping that this was just a surprisingly bad year. But that's occured to me, too, and..." A pause, before a glance to Hikari. "There are things called side effects. This may be one. But anyway... we're checking Toshio and Dami. Let's go over the plan, shall we?"
<Nagare> "So, two of us are coming for the class itself and the other two will inspect the Dream in the class, if I remember correctly."
> "All I can do is wait outside if you don't want me in there. I can't get in the Dream of an inside space yet. Still trying to figure out how to manage that."
<Hikari> "I'll go to the class. Perhaps it's best that Mike and I do so? We're familiar there, after all."
<Mykasi> "Right. So let's iron this out a bit further. Do we want to risk Ravenboy, if it is Dami or Toshio, causing a scene?" A pause. "Waitaminute. Professor."
<Nagare> "There are a few logistics problems here. I'm not sure if Shiro can enter the Inner Dreams, which we probably may want to do here."
<Nagare> "And yes, Mykasi?"
<Mykasi> "Can you tell - visually, right now, looking at us - that us three use Personas?"
<Nagare> "My Persona's sensibility does not go this far, sadly."
<Mykasi> "Rrrrgh." Mike mutters. "Right. Okay, here's what I'm thinking. Shiro can't manage Inner Dream - not yet, at least - and I'm of the opinion we can't risk you going in. There's a cafe about two buildings down on the other side of the street, I'll front the cash for you to wait there." (More)
<Mykasi> "Of the remaining three, one needs to go in and confirm at least one of the two is there. If no one is, this entire session's a waste, we move on. Whoever does this, we'll send a text message to, they can respond to us during class. For this reason, one of me or Hikari should go in. The Professor should not go in alone - that's somewhat odd, being the last of us three to join."
> Shiro half-snorts dismissively, "I can buy myself a damn cup of coffee, man."
<Mykasi> "So, my initial proposal: Hikari enters the class, myself and the Professor go into the Dream. If worst comes to worst Hikari can call Shiro in and get support, but the main plan is for us two to check on Birdbrain."
* Hikari nods. "This sounds acceptable to me."
<Nagare> "More or less what I had in mind myself. The circumstances make other arrangements problematic at best, come to think of it."
<Mykasi> "And it's more a case of 'I object to you wasting money on something I don't know will even work out well', Shiro." Mike shakes his head.
<Nagare> "So, you waste your money so he doesn't have to waste his? It's just an espresso anyway."
> Shiro nods, "Alright. If there's a problem and you want me to come in subtly, just send me a text real fast and I'll come in. If things get rough, call. I won't even pick up, I'll just come running."
> "Also, it's cold, I'll want a coffee anyway. It's not a waste."
<Mykasi> "Right, whatever." Mike shakes his head, before muttering in Miwok, "Whatever."
<Mykasi> "Anyway, this work? Remember to shoot us all an initial text to confirm who's in the class, alright, Hikari? Just say I'm sick today - might actually be the case, with this damn cold. If there's no one of interest there, no need to invade privacy, even if it... is not entirely cogent as such."
<Hikari> Another nod. Hikari doesn't see anything to object to here.
> "Sure."
<Nagare> "Certainly. We have enough on our plates as is."
<Mykasi> "Right. Then... that's the battle plan, let's eat and make sure we're read- OH." Mike sits back down from half standing, a somewhat weird expression on his face. "... Knowing the rules of the Dream and how they function will likely tell us why the powers of Persona are being given out in the first place - and what the Dream World's actually about. We can't afford to neglect trying to figure those out, even if a lot of it'
<Mykasi> "...even if a lot of it's building foundations in fog." (More)
<Mykasi> "Sure, we don't know the details for sure yet, but... if we can figure out the rules of the Dream and the rules behind the Personas, we can begin to figure out why this all started and perhaps what course we need to make it take next. Right now, we're driftwood. I don't intend to stay as such if I can avoid it." And with that, Mike leaves abruptly to the buffet.
> SHiro looks at the other two and readjusts his glasses, "Uh...that was random..."
<Nagare> "You get used with it. Mykasi seems to take a bit of pride on his whimsical demeanor."
<Hikari> "Usually there's a point to it. Just ignore it when it doesn't make sense. No one's perfect."
<Mykasi> After a bit, Mike wanders back with a loaded plate, and just begins digging in.
> (OOC: I'm not calling you a Scene, just stop Chaaaaanging me~)
> Hikari parks her car in the lot nearby DreamSpeakers, and she and Shiro climb out(he having asked for a ride as even he wasn't up to jogging it in this weather). He just nods, pushes his glasses back up, and takes off for the cafe in question, leaving her to head for the store alone.
* Hikari does so, ignoring the cold as best she can (and very glad to be out of it).
> She heads in, to find Mrs. Watanabe and Eiko already there. No sign of either of the guys yet. Toshio is traditionally late at least, though it's unusual for Dami to be late as well.
* Hikari takes a seat opposite the two of them. "Just us so far? Not everyone's willing to brave the cold, I suppose."
> Mr. Kimura nods at you, "Ah, miss Ishigami. Good to see you. Go ahead and have a seat, we'll wait a bit longer for the others to show if they're going to. Not that'd I'd blame them for skipping out in this weather."
> Eiko and her grandmother wave and nod respectively as you make yourself comfortable. Only a couple minutes later, Toshio pushes the door open and breathes a sigh of relief as he closes the door behind him and makes it into the warmth.(Mr. Kimura has the heat turned up quite a bit.)
* Hikari takes off her coat and waits, making small talk with the others along the lines Isn't This Terrible Weather, Can't Remember Seeing the Like of it Before and so on, mentally noting Toshio's entrance but not sending a message until both of their suspects are here.
> Kimura nods at him as well, "Toshio. Do you know if Dami's making it today?"
> Toshio pulls his jacket off...and the smaller jacket he had on under that(leaving on the sweatshirt he had on under THAT), and shrugs with an...honestly worried look on his face, "I dunno. I was kinda hoping to come in and find him already here."
<Hikari> "Do you think something's wrong? It's certainly cold outside, but it's not as though there's a snowstorm to trap him somewhere. I'm sure he's alright."
> He shakes his head as he sits down, "It's not that, it's that I haven't been able to get ahold of him at all for a few days. I tried giving him a call when he didn't drop in on Friday for lunch. No answer, or any of the times I've tried since then. It's really not like him to just up and vanish like that."
> Then he sits back in his chair and sighs, "Sorry, it's not your problem."
<Hikari> "Maybe you should just stop by and check on him afterwards," Hikari suggests, texting a message to the others on the situation as she does so. One Toshio found, Dami MIA.
> Toshio runs a hand through his hair, "Eeeeh, might have to, yeah." The next part is mostly muttered to himself, but Hikari can still make it out, "Hope I can remember where he lives..."
> M/N: Wherever they've been hiding, Mike and Nagare get a text from Hikari! It appears that Toshio is there, but Dami is MIA.
<Mykasi> On reading the text message, Mike sighs and looks over at the Professor, student curled up in the passenger's seat and shivering a bit. "The one I think I suspect less, on thinking it over." A pause. "Should we check Toshio, regardless?"
* Nagare eyes Mykasi. "One out of two is better than none."
<Mykasi> "Of course. Still... Worrisome. Dami's been absent somewhat often lately."
<Hikari> "May as well. That's what friends are for, right? They look out for each other." To the others again: T may visit D afterwards. Follow?
<Nagare> "We'll just have to address that later. Come on, let's get out of the car and get to business."
> H: Toshio nods, "...yeah. I'm pretty much the only freind the guy has, too."
<Mykasi> "Right." Mike mutters, before checking the phone again. "... shit. Uh, should we follow? Maybe Hikari can offer to go visit with him as well, out of concern."
> H: And thus Mr. Kimura starts the class! It's moving away from the Tarot today, and onto a new project. Clay modeling, supposedly some kind of South American technique and style, with the usual mix of craft teaching and history lecture mixed in.
<Nagare> "That's a good idea, actually. Shoot it to her before we get into the Dream."
<Hikari> And just when Hikari was learning to be less incompetent at drawing. Oh well, never hurts to try something new.
<Mykasi> Quickly texting back to Hikari, "Offer to go w/ Toshio, express concern if possible. Mention I'm sick. We go to Dream." And with that, Mike closes his own phone.
> H: Hikari gets a text!
* Hikari will wait til the end of the class to spring that on Toshio, but certainly intends to ask about it. Casual mention of Mike's absence can be worked in at any convenient point near the start of class, of course.
> H: Toshio does ask at some point, since the topic of missing freinds is already there. The explanation that he's sick is taken at face value.
* Nagare maneuvers the vehicle to the closest vicinity to Dreamspeakers possible, parking somewhat clumsily. "I'd be worried about killing stray birds, but I think only humans like us are stupid enough to go out in this weather."
<Mykasi> "Hmph." Mike mutters, eyeing the building. "We need to get to the front, use the key quickly and get in without being seen by anyone inside. Can we do this?"
* Hikari steers the conversation towards Toshio's hobbies while they work--after all, if Dami doesn't have many social contacts, maybe Toshio can help him find other opportunities to get out and meet people?
<Nagare> "That's the million dollar question. Do we have any sort of a back door there?"
> OOC: Mike, Nagare, roll mind please.
<Mykasi> "A back door might just lead to an empty room. We need the front." Mike shakes his head.
<Nagare> roll 2d8 Hatbot hates us all
* Hatbot --> "Nagare rolls 2d8 Hatbot hates us all and gets 11."12 [2d8=4, 7]
<Mykasi> roll 2d8 right. Hatbot, I'm tired, I've had a very long few months, so if you'd please cooperate I won't need to strangle the living shit out of you. Thanks.
* Hatbot --> "Mykasi rolls 2d8 right. Hatbot, I'm tired, I've had a very long few months, so if you'd please cooperate I won't need to strangle the living shit out of you. Thanks. and gets 9."12 [2d8=3, 6]
> M/N: As you walk around, you find the place does have a back door, if you do want to use that.
* Mykasi is keeping his entire body covered except his eyes. "We can try the back door, if you want - ask them if it leads to an empty room or not. I suspect it will."
* Nagare scratches his head. "We don't know how long they'll be around. Going up the front may well be the quickest way. And - god, I'm starting to get paranoid like you do in these cases."
<Mykasi> "Congrats." Mike notes dryly, moving up to the mouth of the alley to the back door. "We walk to the front door briskly but normally on three, and quickly use the key and go in. It's broad daylight, but it's fucking cold, no one's paying attention, if they are, well. They're seeing shit today, wild fantasy life. Let's do this?"
* Nagare harrumphs. "Fine. Yes, but the sleight of hand is on you. I do -not- have that kind of coordination."
* Mykasi puts the key in his hand, slipping it up his sleeve. "Right, then. On three. One, two-" Mike starts walking- "-Three." And with that he walks to the door calmly and reasonably, uses the key calmly and reasonably, and enters as if nothing is out of the ordinary once it swings open.
> The door opens easily and Mike slips in, shortly followed by Nagare.
> (OOC: #velvetroom you two)
> Back inside, Hikari keeps Toshio talking while they work and listen to the lesson.
> He shrugs at the question of interests, "Well, I've got a degree in media, video editing, that kinda thing. Think I told you that before. And pretty big into art in general. Same for Dami, only replace the media degree with a psych degree. He actually studdies the whole 'psychological aspects of art' and stuff like that."
<Hikari> "Is that part of his job? Or does he do it for fun?"
> "Hobby. His job right now is basic office bitchery while he tries to find something in his feild."
> This causes Mrs. Watanabe to glare at him, "Language, young man! There is a child at this table."
> Toshio has the good grace to wince and look embarrased, "Sorry!"
* Hikari ignores the interruption. "Remind me what it is you do for a living? Had any luck finding a job in your own field of study, or...?"
> He shakes his head, "Waiter at a restaraunt, I do editing for home videos and the like with my rig at home for money on the side as well."
<Hikari> "Well, the media is a difficult field to enter. I can only wish you good luck if you plan to make a career in the art world."
> He shrugs, "Not a feild people break into without either connections or the talent to MAKE the art themselves. Which I don't have. All I can really do with art is edit it."
* Hikari nods and works on sculpting a flower. Since she doesn't know anything about sculpting, she may as well try making something she *does* know about. "Well, what do you plan to do, ultimately? Long-term plans? I apologize if I sound like a nag. I'm merely curious."
> "Hoping to get work with an animation company. Maybe pull double duty as a voice actor as well, if I can get into it. How about you, you're still a student, right?"
<Hikari> "Yes. Ideally one day I'll be the one giving the lessons instead, though. Probably not the most prestigious goal, being a teacher, but it appeals to me. My parents, well, they would've hoped for something more ambitious, or at least grandchildren, and make sure I am aware of this. But it's in the nature of parents to motivate with gentle disapproval." Or perhaps just Hikari's.
> Toshio half smiles, "Yeah, I know that one. But hey, don't be too hard on them. You never know when they won't be around anymore."
> Then he shakes his head, "Yeah, sorry. I'm just in one of those moods today."
<Hikari> "You're worried. It's understandable. And enduring this weather would put anyone in a foul mood. Speaking of which...Do you need a ride, if you're going to visit your friend afterwards?"
> roll 2d8 for random luck
* Hatbot --> "Gatewalker rolls 2d8 for random luck and gets 8."12 [2d8=6, 2]
> Thinking, he then shrugs, "Uh, that might be helpful, yeah. I take the bus, but not having to wait for it today would be nice. You sure you don't have anything better to do? I'm still having trouble remembering his exact address."
<Hikari> "Only studying. Which I do every day. I can miss an evening."
> "Alright, thanks. If I can't remember it, I might ask you to stop by my place first so I can check my computer for it. I'm pretty sure I put it in my address file, anyway."
<Hikari> "Oh, that's not a problem."
> Hikari recieves a text from Mike as the class continues: Toshio, others in Dreamplce clear. Gonna warm up and think.
* Hikari notes the message, and makes small talk until the class winds down, at which point she fires off a reply of her own: driving T to D's place. Follow me, or we all check back later?
> The class winds down, Mr. Kimura formally ends the lesson and has everyone clean up.
> Anotehr text: We pick up Shiro - you get address of Dami, go with - we visit Dami after Toshio leaves. Good?
> Toshio laughs as the text notice sounds again, "You're popular today."
> Then Mr. Kimura looks up, "Ah, yes, miss Ishigami? Unless you're expecting something important, could you please refrain from using the phone during the class from now on?"
<Hikari> Hikari merely sends back a Yes. "It's all school-related. I'm sorry, I usually turn it off before coming here."
> Mr. Kimura simply nods, then goes back to cleaning up.
<Hikari> With the class over, Hikari collects 1x Toshio and heads for her car.
> -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Meanwhile, over in #velvetroom

> (OOC: Mike and Nagare's Excellent Adventure~)
> The Velvet Room is blue. Theresa stands and bows as you enter, as always, "Welcome to the Velvet Room."
<Mykasi> "Thanks." Mike says, as usual astounded by the blueness. "Idly, does the door close behind us?"
* Nagare waves. "Welcome to Blue's Clues, then?"
> Igor nods, "Yes it, does."
<Mykasi> "Okay, cool." Mike nods calmly, before a very large and somewhat violent twitch passes through his body. After that settles, "I take it there are no detected shadows, and we just get to try and figure out whose dream is whose, here?"
> Nagare did not see any active shadows as he approached the door, no.
* Nagare nods. "Most likely. The radar did not even ping."
<Mykasi> A soft exhale. "Right. Thank you, you two. I guess we get to do this, then - unless there's any advisories we need to be given?"
> Theresa shrugs noncommitally while Igor remains impassive.
<Nagare> "I think this means we're about to meet Izanami no Okami and that'll be our very last breath," Nagare remarks in a halfway sardonic, halfway worried manner.
* Mykasi glances between the two, then to Nagare. "I guess that's a- ...damnit stop pulling out your sense of humor on me, Professor." Mike mutters. "Anyway, let's jump into the Dream."
> Igor does his thing and the door changes!
* Nagare sighs. "Let's just go, brave prince."
<Mykasi> "Right. Thanks, back in a bit." To Nagare, "Sorry, princess, but you would need to try harder to woo me."
<Mykasi> And with that Mike enters the dream!
> As you go through the door, the last thing you hear behind you is Theresa singing "Blue skadoo, you can too~"
> (OOC: Mike and Nagare's Bogus Scene Change!)
* Nagare follows behind, smiling as Theresa sings. "Man, you two."
> The Dream of the shop is...surprisingly tranquil. There are colors everywhere, bright colors, pastels, bold earth tones, all welcoming and quite freindly. A large number of...beings, from what look like a swarm of little girls all climbing over eachother, to a giant spider wearing a bonnet and miniature mecha made from a washing machine are all cheerfully building things from clay(more)
> The other figures that catch your attention more though, are the ring of what seem to be...spirits of some sort, with paper tags over thier faces. They are arranged in a perfect ring around the area, and do not move, but seem to notice you as you enter. ...also you see Brinhyldr sitting at a small table, casually drinking tea as a very pretty person with a harp for his/her torso plays themself to add a soft soundtrack to the scene.
> soft soundtrack to the scene.
> It doesn't seem to be a room, so much as an...area. There are no walls, just colors painted in the sky to denote boundries. And in the area there are chairs and small tables here and there, as well as a large pit of clay that most of the denizens are working in.
* Nagare raises an eyebrow. "Does this mean Abartach is joining you on the afternoon tea, Brynhildr?"
* Mykasi looks at the ring of spirits. "...our shopkeep knows more than he lets on. Which is obvious, but... at the same time..." A glance to the manwoman with the harpbody, as he advances slowly and then bows a respectable distance away.
> The Harpist nods in return, his/her voice sounding just as androgynous as thier looks, "Good afternoon. It's always pleasant to have more visitors."
<Mykasi> A gentle nod. "Are you the protector of Toshio, by any chance?"
> The Spider looks over and nods as well, her voice sounding like the stereotypical old grandmother, "Oh, hello dearies. Yes, yes, all who come here in peace are welcome."
> The Harpist looks confused, "Who? Though I am afraid I am a protector of nothing. My only purpose is to play this music." Even as s/he speaks, thier hands never stop playing the harp.
* Nagare blinks. "What are you more precisely?"
> Even as he asks the question, Nagare realizes he knows the answer. They are shadows. All but the spirits and Brynhildr. Somehow he can simply SEE it.
<Mykasi> "Ah. A... friend of ours. Do not worry - I had thought that since you were here, you might know him. I rudely presumed - my apologies." A respectful bow to the Spider as well, before glancing around, and then to the spirits around the border. "An interesting place, this."
* Nagare blinks. "... oh. Suddenly, it makes sense. This is just about the first time I've witnessed such a friendly environment in the Dream."
> The washing machine mecha sudden intones, "STAND BACK!" Everyone moves away from the sculpture it's looking at, as the hatch on it's front opens, spraying out a rainbow of color onto the sculpture. Somehow the giant eight legged mouse sculpture is perfectly painted by this spray, and comes to life a moment later.
> Everyone in the clay area cheers as the mouse thing goes around shaking hands(yes, it has hands, not paws. On every leg), and introducing itself as Sir Cheesington the Fifth.
<Mykasi> "...this place is awesome. Hey, is it permissible to take some of the clay home with me, or is that not allowed?" Mike asks kindly, shaking the mouse's hand in some wonder and confusion.
<Hikari> Brynhildr calmly shakes Sir Cheesington's hand before going back to her tea.
* Nagare eyes the spirit rings. "And you are...?"
> The swarm of girls shake thier heads and chide Mike, the voices breaking in and out as the sentance moves back and forth between them between words or even syllables, "The clay will be here until the end of the month, and then you can take home what you didn't finish!"
> One of the spirits makes eye contact with Nagare...(roll Soul, please)
<Nagare> roll 2d8
* Hatbot --> "Nagare rolls 2d8 and gets 4."12 [2d8=3, 1]
<Mykasi> "Okay! Thanks for telling me!" Mike replies cheerfully.
> Nagare feels the spirits gaze pierce him, sorting through him...JUDGING him. After a moment the spirit's gaze leaves him, and Nagare simply KNOWS it's purpose. These are guardians. They protect the peace of this place, may God help you if you break it.
* Nagare shivers a little down his spine. "I promise we'll be in our best behavior," the teacher mumbles quietly.
<Mykasi> "I... don't think any of these are Personas, they aren't reacting to us as I'd expect Personas to. Except Brynhildr but she knows she'd just club our head off if we tried to antagonize her anyway." Mike shrugs. "Not as Brynhildr reacted the first time, nor as Red Hare did... yeah. Professor, opinions? Should we get going? Or would you like to idle a bit longer? We should leave before class ends, at least."
<Hikari> Brynhildr only nods as polite confirmation of Mike's speculation.
> Sir Cheesington has joined in the clay making by this point. It seems the next project everyone's working on is going to involve a lot of flowers...
<Nagare> "All I can see is that this place has its protector. And we'd best keep this place absolutely immaculate lest we want to face the wrath of a judgmental heaven. It -is- a pleasant place, but we have little reason to stay here besides the environment."
<Nagare> "Although I'd hardly object to just idling around here in a day we're not busy. It's quite charming, really."
> The tone of the Harpist's song changes to something very melancholy.
<Mykasi> "Okay, then." Mike nods, bowing to everyone. "Thanks! We'll come again sometime! Thank you!" And with that, he moseys back to where he came into this place... before looking to the Harpist with a frown. "Uh, are you alright?"
> The harpist nods, "I am fine. This song merely felt appropriate, is all."
* Nagare coughs. "Shall we?"
<Mykasi> "Okay. Take care!" Mike nods, using the key.
> The door opens, and you move back into the Velvet Room.
> (OOC: Scene skadoo, you Change too~)
> Theresa smiles as you return, "Welcome back."
<Mykasi> "Thanks, I almost broke down laughing when I entered that dream." Mike grins. "Christ, I remember that show. Now I feel old."
* Nagare waves. "That guardian probably could have snapped my spine with a snap of its theoretical fingers, couldn't it."
<Mykasi> A glance askew. "It's that powerful?"
> Thersa nods, "You? Almost certainly. Mike or Hikari could have handled them better, though."
> Then she shakes her head, "It's not how strong they are, it's what they use."
<Mykasi> "...so they don't burn? Good, good."
> Igor chimes in, "Those were Guardian Ghosts, spirits of light and peace, bound to a place for protection."
<Nagare> "They probably can exploit Abartach's odd photophobia, on the other hand."
<Nagare> "I see. So, the very building is, so to say, blessed."
<Mykasi> "Interesting. How are they so bound, if I can ask?"
> Theresa shrugs, "My guess would be with magic. I could be wrong though."
<Nagare> "Wizards generally do a lot of things around. Are they responsible for ghosts too?"
> "Those are things you will have to discover on your own." Igor notes, before Theresa can chime in.
<Mykasi> "Someone without a Persona can use these powers? Okay."
> Igor does his thing and the door returns to that of the normal world.
<Mykasi> "Well... we can ask, we've both got secrets at this point." Mike shrugs. "And I think the old man's trustworthy. At least, decently so."
<Mykasi> "So let's go back and we can go and plot from there?"
<Nagare> "Certainly. Dami's still a loose end."
* Mykasi nods. "Thank you two. Have a good evening!"
* Nagare waves. "I'll see you later. Thanks for the time."
> As you head for the door, Theresa stands and bows again, "Thank you for coming. Have a pleasant evening."
> (OOC: Scene Change...Jr!)
> Nagare and Mike walk back out of the door in front of the store!
* Mykasi briskly walks away and to the car nonchalantly.
* Nagare follows behind Mykasi with a vaguely bewildered expression. "Your behavior is unsettlingly memetic, I'll have you know."
<Mykasi> As he walks, Mike flips open his cell phone. "What do you mean?" Txt: Hikari/Shiro: Toshio, others in Dreamplce clear. Gonna warm up and think.
<Nagare> "Your mannerisms are... just that. Infectious, even, I'd say. Anyhow, Hikari up to date?"
<Mykasi> A glance to Nagare. "...Is that why you started hitting on me in the Velvet Room? Anyway, yes, she's up to date."
> SOme time passes, then Mike gets a text back: driving T to D's place. Follow me, or we all check back later?
<Mykasi> "Hah! That's Hikari for us!" Mike grins. "She's taking Toshio over to Dami's, asking if we'll follow or check back later."
<Nagare> "We've gone this far. May as well follow instead of just doing half the job."
<Mykasi> A pause. "Toshio's innocent, right? Why get him involved or get his dreams to interfere? Hikari's getting his address and location and can figure out where he lives. We can make a visit later tonight if nothing else, once Toshio's gone."
<Nagare> "Well, you have a point. If Toshio interacts with Dami, things -could- get out of hand with our interference."
<Mykasi> "Yeah, that was my thought." Mike nods, before replying and texting: "We pick up Shiro - you get address of Dami, go with - we visit Dami after Toshio leaves. Good?"
> Hikari merely sends back a: Yes.
<Mykasi> "Right, the plan is a go. Let's go pick up Shiro and explain the situation." Mike nods.
<Nagare> "Sure thing."
> -----------------------------------------------------------------------

[VySaika]

> ---------------------------------------------------
> Monday evening, after the class at Dreamspeakers, Hikari finds herself giving a ride to the rather strange Toshio Ito. The destination? The residence of his freind Dami Daidoji, to try and check on him. Toshio is mostly quiet during the ride, offering only a few words of thanks, and the odd observation or two.(more)
> After stopping at Toshio's apartment so he can grab Dami's address, Hikari drives him out to a small apartment building on the edge of town. The sun has already set, and in the dim twilight the entire area seems...almost haunted. The only things moving about after you park and get out of the car are the two of you.
> Toshio shivers in the cold and makes his way up the stairs leading to the second floor landing.
<Hikari> "Quiet neighborhood," Hikari observes. "Is it always like this around here? The place could use a little life."
> He shrugs as he walks, "Only been out here once before, actually. My place is bigger then his and easier to get to, so we normally hang there." Heading almost to the end of the landing, he stops at the second to last door, "Yeah, this is it." And he knocks.
> There's no answer.
> He knocks again, louder this time.
* Hikari accompanies Toshio up to the landing. "Perhaps he's ill?"
> "Maybe." He knocks again, even louder.
> The last door opens, and a man sticks his head out, "Excuse me, could you not make so much noise please? My mother is trying to sleep."
* Hikari frowns, and glances around. Are they any windows they might be able to peer through?
<Hikari> Or maybe that doesn't matter!
> There is a window, but it has curtains on teh inside. Which are, of course, shut.
> Toshio winces as Dami's neighbor chides him, "Sorry. I'm just trying to check on my freind here. Hey, have you seen him lately?"
> The man shakes his head, "I can't say that I have. Perhaps you could ask the landlord? His apartment is the one right underneath mine."
<Hikari> "We may as well?" Hikari suggests. They've got Dami's address, which is enough for the purpose of intel, so she doesn't need to push for much more here.
> Toshio nods, "Yeah. Hey, thanks. Sorry for bothering you."
> The man nods politely and shuts his door.
> Heading back to the stairs, Toshio quickly decends and makes his way over to the landlord's apartment, knocking on that door politely and quietly.
* Hikari accompanies him, letting him do the talking since he's the one who might be familiar here (maybe).
> The door opens after a moment, an older man answering, "Hmm? You're not one of my tennants. If you're here to talk about renting, I'll have to ask you to come back during the day. Bit cold for my old bones at this hour."
> Toshio shakes his head, "Uh, no sir, we're not here about renting. My freind is a tennant of yours, Dami Daidoji, and I've been trying to get ahold of him for awhile without any success. I came out to check on him, but he doesn't seem to be here. Could I ask when you last saw him?"
> The old man snorts, "Why, he owe you money?"
<Hikari> "Is it inconceivable that someone might be worried about an ailing friend?" Hikari asks archly.
> The old man snorts again, "Hard to believe that boy has any freinds." He peers at you two for a moment though, then shrugs, "You're a strange enough couple yourselves though, suppose it's not out of the question." Clearing his throat a bit, he continues, "Haven't seen him since he paid this month's rent. Paid early too, before the first."
<Hikari> "Perhaps he was planning on taking a trip," Hikari says to Toshio. "Did he mention anything about travelling?"
> Toshio shakes his head, "No. Uh, can I ask if he usually pays early?"
> The landlord shakes his head, "First time he's done it. Normally it's here at six o'clock sharp on the second. Reliable, at least."
> Toshio nods, "Yeah. Normally you could set a clock by him..." turning over to look at Hikari, the worry is quite plain on his face, "Now I'm really worried. I've known him for years, this isn't like him at all."
<Hikari> "There's no one else you could ask? did he never mention other friends, family? Co-workers?"
> "Not that I know. His family's not from around here, he hates his job and doesn't talk about his co-workers. And as far as I know, I'm the only freind the guy's got.
> "
> The landlord looks back and forth between the two of you, "Well if that's all you kids need from me?"
<Hikari> "Yes, thank you for your time," Hikari says to the man. "I am not sure what else to suggest," she continues, to Toshio. "You may just have to wait. It sounds like he intended to be away, at least, so it's not likely he's incapacitated in his apartment."
> Toshio nods, "Yeah. Maybe something came up with his family and he forgot to bring his cellphone charger?" He...doesn't sound like he really beleives that at all, of course.
> The landlord nods and goes back inside.
<Hikari> "I think you'll just have to hope for the best, Toshio. He seemed sensible enough a person; I'm sure he hasn't got himself into any trouble."
> He nods again, "Yeah. Hey, thanks again for the ride. Could I get you to drop me back off at my place?"
<Hikari> "Of course." Not much else to say right now. Toshio's agitated and Hikari doesn't want to press him for more. Besides, Hikari and her friends have other ways of getting information! She'll drop off Toshio and then reconvene.
> Hikari drops Toshio off, gives the others a call, and they all meet up in the parking lot of a small shopping center not too horribly far from Dami's apartmnet.
* Mykasi shivers. "Status report, Hikari?"
<Hikari> "Dami's absence is mysterious to everyone, apparently," Hikari explains. "His landlord says he paid his rent early this month, which suggests to me some sort of planned trip. Certainly no one answered when we knocked, and Toshio says the man has no other friends, family, or coworkers who would keep in contact with him. I think we have little choice but to go look for ourselves."
* Nagare lights up a cigarette. "So, we break into his house with a Velvet Key like good supernatural trespassers?"
> Shiro swings his arms around to try and warm up, "This guy is sounding more suspicious every time I hear anything else about him."
<Mykasi> "... that's..." Mike gulps. "Shit. Valeriya."
<Hikari> "Exactly. And Mike...not yet. Toshio, his landlord, his neighbor all remembered who Dami was."
<Mykasi> "We get to hope Toshio is - was - is - ...shit."
* Nagare raises an eyebrow. "Did we get to see a case of reality rewriting starting from scratch?"
<Mykasi> "Yeah, and so did everyone ELSE for a bit!" Mike explodes for a moment, before exhaling. "I'm sorry. I'm not thinking straight. You three work this out, I'll go with whatever." After a shake of his head, Mike wanders away from the two parked cars.
> Shiro watches Mike with a bit of concern, "That's...a real sore subject for him, isn't it?"
<Hikari> "It's not every day reality writes someone out of your life. Shall we proceed?"
<Nagare> "Certainly," the teacher nods.
> "Yeah, sure. Should I go in the Dream outside, or just stay outside normally? I can't really follow you guys in."
<Nagare> "It's not a bad idea. Something in the Outer Dream's vicinity could clue us in to what's happening as well."
<Hikari> "If you may be able to see something we wouldn't, I would say to do it, yes."
> "Sure thing."
> "Anything else, or should we just grab Mike and get on with it?" Shiro pushes his glasses back up as he asks.
<Hikari> "Let's get him and go before he thinks himself into a depression."
<Nagare> "I think he has done that three times over and looped back into action within this timeframe."
<Mykasi> A loud "FUCK!" can be heard from Mike as various hand motions are tossed skyward.
> Shiro seems to find that funny to some degree, "Alright, my english is bad but I know THAT word well enough."
<Hikari> "Save the profanity for the Dream, Mike?" Hikari says. "I don't see any reason to advertise our presence here. Whoever has the key, take the lead?"
* Nagare winces and picks up the Key. "Don't ask me how I got it, just play along."
<Nagare> "Anyway," the teacher puts the key in Dami's housedoor's lock. "Let's move."
> After making your way over to the apartment, Hikari shows everyone which door is his and Nagare opens it. The portal awaits. Back at ground level, Shiro sits down and starts to meditate.
* Mykasi enters the portal casually as if nothing is weird.
* Hikari enters, quite used to this particular act of strangeness by now.
* Nagare enters the portal, vaguely shaking his head.
> (OOC: Naked pictures (of your Scene Change))
> The Dream in Dami's apartmnet is some form of...laboratory. There is no color in here, everything is in some strange greyscale with pitch black and stark white creating harsh details on the objects around. Except...for a small bit of blue. A dreamcatcher sits above a door on the other side of the room. A blue dreamcatcher.(more)
> With a raven on top of it.
> Before you can do more then recognize it's presance, the raven caws out loudly!
<Mykasi> "Hi, bird. Good to meet you. Question is, are you here as pet or something else?" Mike mutters softly.
* Nagare mumbles. "I think it just wants to peck our eyes out."
<Hikari> "Did your master leave you here to watch the place while he was away, I wonder?" Hikari says, taking a careful step towards the guarded door.
> A voice comes over an intercom, "This would be miss Ishigami and her freinds, I assume? Please leave. I am continueing my research here and have no desire to quarrel with you."
> The voice, of course, belongs to Dami.
<Hikari> "We didn't come here to quarrel. We came here for information, which you are obviously in a position to provide."
* Mykasi is -just about ready- to say something when Hikari speaks. At this, he completely shuts up, though his face is very quiet.
> The intercom is quiet for a moment, then buzzes on again, "Very well, ask what you wish."
<Hikari> "First, are you responsible for producing and sending dreamcatchers to local residents, myself included?"
> The answer is simple, his voice quiet and clear, nearly impossible to read any emotion at all into, "Yes."
<Hikari> "Then my second question is very straightforward: why?"
> "It's part of my research, to study the nature of the Dream and the Shadows. The method had flaws, I'll admit. Many of which weren't evident until you indirectly pointed them out for me."
<Mykasi> At this point Mike is openly attempting to stare the dreamcatcher and raven both into combusting.
> The raven just stares back, plainly unphased by Mike's attepts at pyrokinesis.
<Hikari> "The use of human test subjects is something more than a procedural flaw," Hikari says coldly. "Why me?"
> "It is, yes. It's also all I have to work with. It's a...nessesary risk." The calm of his voice cracked for just a moment as he said that. Then it recovers, "Why you? You fit the profile of what I was looking for extremely well from our first meeting. Someone who was very obviously repressing things, aspects of themself."
<Hikari> "Human lives are rarely a 'necessary risk.' I'll put more stock in such claims when the people making them prove themselves willing to actually take the risks themselves. As for our 'first meeting,' when did I meet you before?"
* Nagare raises an eyebrow, clearly not terribly amused by the approach, but unwilling to break the diatribe. He puts his hand over Mykasi's shoulder, as if pre-emptively saying 'Hold your horses'.
> "It was at a nightclub. The Excellen, to be exact. I go to these places from time to time to...it may sound odd, but clear my head. I am surrounded by silence so often that somehow the sheer bedlam is calming. I don't blame you for not remembering. We never spoke, I was merely at the table next to yours."
<Mykasi> A very low, very long breath escapes from Mike, but the glare remains on full tilt.
> "At first, you seemed as out of place there as I was. It was enough to catch my attention. I'll refrain from relating the remainder of the story, however, unless you actually wish me to."
<Hikari> "Ah," Hikari says simply, not eager to push that enquiry any further. "You may or may not be right," she continues with a shrug. "We are not here to talk about me. Tell us what it is you hope to discover by interfering in the lives of others?"
> The voice on the intercom continues, "Psychology is an incomplete study. It's so hard to actually figure out what makes people tick, what the real problems behind the mask of normalcy those struggling desperately try to maintain really are. Then this happened. Somehow I was granted the opportunity to see for myself what lurks in the hearts of others."(more)
> "I learned to draw it out, working through the Dreamcatchers, and I observed the Shadows I saw. After...a few unfortunate accidents," his voice cracks again, "I learned to quiet the Shadows as well. Then I sent you one, and an incredible thing happened. You not only defeated your Shadow, as I had seen others do, but somehow turned that into the same power I have. That of Persona."(more)
> "That was new. I had never seen that before, and...I wanted to try and replicate it. I searched for others who seemed similar to you, leading me to send a Dreamcatcher to Issa Okuro. That...is where the flaws in my method became glaringly obvious."
<Mykasi> Mike can feel the trembling in his body subside some as he listens, his hands still clenched.
* Nagare shakes his head, looking at the floor, keeping his hand on Mykasi's shoulder.
> "I couldn't quiet the Shadows of her brothers at the same time. It had never drawn out the Shadows of two people at once before. You have a roommate, yes? She wasn't drawn into it. It shouldn't have done that. But it did. And...I couldn't risk quieting them one at a time, either. I feared for the life of the one who's shadow was dormant while the other was active."
<Mykasi> "Thank you for explaining that." Mike says softly.
<Hikari> "It was obvious to me somewhat earlier than that. Two questions: what did these 'accidents' involve? There have been many strange stories in the news lately. Exactly how many of them are you responsible for? If we hadn't been at hand to deal with Okuro's brothers, they might be dead or worse by now."
* Mykasi shakes his head slightly, but remains quiet again.
> Dami's voice becomes nearly mechanical in tone as he recites, "Three deaths. Two decents into insanity. One strange case where the Shadow took over and seemed to change the subject's life completely for the better."
<Hikari> "I would not call this a positive balance. Who were the others? We need names. Now."
> Dami recites a list of names. One of the deaths you recognize from a news headline, as well as one of the insanity cases. The other four you aren't familiar with.
* Nagare raises an eyebrow. "A case... where the Shadow took over?"
<Mykasi> "............................" Mike's mouth opens for a long second, before a very, very distinctively odd look comes over his face as he shuts it, listening to the names Dami has recited. "... Yeah, it's possible. We had one where we intervened like that, too, but not the one he mentioned."
* Hikari nods along. Then: "I would also be interested to know who that was. And...Do you really believe that what you might have learned is worth the lives you have destroyed?"
<Mykasi> "..." Mike suddenly, softly, puts a hand on Hikari's shoulder. 9"Go easy."
<Mykasi> This is whispered in English.
* Hikari merely waits for Dami's answer.
> "...perhaps not. But if I stop now, it never will be. It is for thier very sake that I must continue my work, to not let their sacrifices be in vain."
<Hikari> "So you will continue to sacrifice the lives of others to justify the sacrifice of the lives of others. This is pointlessly recursive, Dami. What do you ultimately hope to discover, really?"
> "The secrets of how the human mind works. If I can discover and complile this information, psychologists around the world could use it to help those suffering from mental disorders. My methods are not perfect, this...is a difficult environment to apply the scientific proceedure effectively in. But nor can I overlook the opportunity it offers."
> "What do you seek to do with your gifts?" He asks, "Are you truely only interested in preserving the status quo?"
<Hikari> "But science relies on experimental data that can reproduced and demonstrated for others. Your methods could only be observed by other persona users. What could you actually prove to someone else? Are you truly doing this for the sake of others, or is it yourself you're trying to understand? Tell me, Dami: how did your shadow awaken? What did it confront YOU with?"
<Hikari> "MY only interest is in preventing the misfortune of others," Hikari insists.
<Mykasi> "How much did even I hide behind the campfire and behind Xav...?" Mike mutters in English, rubbing his head with his free hand. "This has been a miscalculation, a Persona isn't... but to say..." At this point, Mike seems almost half gone from the conversation, Dami's question only partially pinging. "Status quo? Uh, not quite, the metaphor falls apart at a structural level, yes, there's not exactly..."
* Nagare shakes his head restlessly, mumbling. "And you never even realized that all you've been actually doing is -instilling- mental illness - often fatal at that - in order to obtain results that you couldn't even begin to fathom how to replicate. How is this any less childish and deranged than setting ants on fire?"
> "I am aware of my hypocracy, yes. That is not all I have done, however. As I mentioned before, I have learned how to quiet the Shadows as well. In most cases, I would awaken the Shadow, observe it and how it confronted the ego, and then quiet it myself if the ego could not control the confrontation itself."
> "The exceptions were accidents. I never meant for that to happen, and I took steps to learn from my mistakes and refine my methods."
<Mykasi> "In other words, better than Hare." Mike comments, both hands now in his hair as he crouches, looking bewildered.
* Nagare begins twitching. "And you think you shouldn't be held accountable for those 'accidents'? Simply because they were beyond your kern?"
<Hikari> "'In most cases.' You must have performed a great many experiments for the half a dozen terrible 'accidents' to be vastly outnumbered. I repeat my previous question: what happened to YOU when your shadow confronted you?"
> "If you would like me to continue answering your questions, perhaps you could refrain from all speaking at once? It makes things a bit difficult to process."
* Mykasi clearly seems to have no issues with that, as he's too busy thinking and muttering to himself under his breath very softly and rapidly.
<Hikari> "Of course. You've given us much to think about, after all. Answer the questions in turn, please."
> "To answer your earlier question, miss Ishigami, no, it does not require other persona users to observe my work to get results from it. I record my results, I refine my theories and write everything down. Once I have something worth sharing, I would share this with others in my feild. Naturally I would need to disguise how I performed the study, otherwise they would thinke me insane(more)
> "But other then that it works just like any scientific paper or journal. Just becuase one scientist is not present for an experement does not mean he cannot learn from it by reading the report of it."
> "To answer your second question...I suppose it is only fair that I answer, considering I was present and witnessed yours. My Shadow was the embodiment of my ambition, of everything I ever wanted to achieve but was to afraid to try. I had convinced myself I had no value, as an intelectual or even as a person. My Shadow was my repressed pride and emotion."
> He actually laughs very slightly, "I think perhaps that I was more of a Shadow then it. Some would say it was difficult to tell the differnence between myself and a robot before."
* Nagare exhales, then leaving out another mutter. "... or between yourself and your Shadow."
<Hikari> "In other words, you would falsify your reports and lie. I am not convinced you ever overcame your shadow, Dami. I am not convinced this work of yours is for the good of others at all. I think it's for yourself. Even now you are only trying to prove that you are doing something of intellectual merit."
> "I would only falsify the parts about the Dream, that no one would believe. The data itself would remain unchanged."
<Hikari> "And then the scientific world would celebrate the name of Dami Daidoji, and your ego would be vindicated?"
> "I am not doing this for fame. I have no need or desire for it."
<Mykasi> "...nnn." Mike shakes his head loudly for a moment, before looking up, a distant look in his eyes. "Anyone got pencil and paper?"
* Nagare blinks. "... why?"
> "...the desk near the left wall, second drawer."
<Mykasi> "Thank you, Dami. This may be of relevance." Mike stumbles over to the mentioned wall and opens the drawer.
<Hikari> "No? You seem to have little else in your life that you care about--hm, Mike?" Hikari produces writing implements from her handbag...though apparently Dami's already on the task! Hikari continues, unperturbed. "You loathe your job. You have little in the way of friends or family, no personal connections. When you say you are not doing this for personal satisfaction, I am not coninvced that you are not lying to yourself."
* Nagare sneers. "You do have to keep in mind that not craving for fame or recognition hardly excludes one from diving headlong into a self-aggrandizing ego trip."
<Mykasi> "It's not an ego trip, I think." Mike comments from his spot.
<Mykasi> "You guys have seen how I get when I'm obsessed with a project. Similar, I suspect. Not that there aren't issues, but attempt a different tack." With pen and paper, Mike begins scribbling rapidly, lines quickly crossing the page.
> The bird turns it's attention to the page, watching whatever Mike is drawing.
* Ransleep is now known as Ranmilia
* Ranmilia is now known as Ranout
<Hikari> "Your projects don't involve toying with human lives, Mike. Scientific detachment is no excuse."
<Mykasi> "But you're accusing of ego." Mike comments almost lightly. "Apologies for defending you, Dami, and I'd expect you to correct me if I'm wrong, but that's a misconception. Ego doesn't come into it at all."
> "Please, speak your mind. It would be refreshing to hear the thoughts of another scientist at least, even if your field is different."
<Mykasi> The bird, meanwhile, is seeing Mike write | (Persona) -> Shadow -> Persona !=? Shadow? Both are hiding //// Contradiction of superiority ////  No better } Dami hides: rese-|
> "Um...this may sound strange, but I've never been very good with computers. It's why I avoided the hard sciences. Could you decipher that for me, please?"
<Mykasi> And at that Mike straightens a little. "There is one flaw in your thinking, however. While you can repeat your research as many times as you want, one of the tenants of science is outside verificability. To not be able to repeat what you have obtained or be able to explain your results... While I honestly appreciate the attempt on one level, it is seriously flawed. I do not think the community will buy into it."
<Mykasi> "Oh, the writing? Uh... Give me a minute." And with that Mike keeps writing, skipping the Dami section, | Hikari/Nagare hide: personal-past life event trauma? Irrelevant, their story. Self hides: personality dynamic, hatred, ...? continue on self reflection. No mirror is perfect //// regardless, Shadows and Personas are one and the same, refusal to admit to entirety of flaws, using full acknowledgement of part of self's iss
<Mykasi> | using full acknowledgement of part of self's issues as front |
> "That is a concern, yes. I...am working on something that may help that, but it's still mostly at the trial and error stage. And before you assume, the only person failing these experiments might hurt is myself."
<Mykasi> "... I see." Mike says calmly, looking at the note paper. "Augh, the answer... I swear it's right at the forefront. Even with..."
> The bird cocks it's head...then flies down from the dreamcatcher to land on the table next to the paper, studdying it closely.
> "I'm still struggling with your shorthand, but I think I understand that last part. Perhaps...is it possible that a Persona is nothing more then a Shadow under concious control? That...could have interesting ramifications."
<Hikari> "You never considered that before, after all this timing of using a persona?"
<Hikari> *this time of
* Mykasi resists the urge to twitch, before nodding slightly. "In effect, yes. Or at least it is a Shadow that is willingly cooperating with the person." A glance to Hikari. "Somewhat more oblique meanings. It means that Persona users are effectively still damaged goods, so to speak. Still the case for me, and put baldly, Dami, I am extending that theorom to you, at a minimum. I will not conjecture on my teammates, however,
<Mykasi> " I will not conjecture on my teammates, however, as they seem more balanced than I."
<Mykasi> "Or, in other words, we are still people with Shadows. We just play different games than they do."
> "The person you have waiting outside would be a fair example of that s well, I would posit."
<Mykasi> "Shiro's a good guy, just don't piss him off. Remind me never to introduce you two. Ever." Mike blithely comments. "Oh, and by the way, Dami, be very glad you nerdsniped me."
<Hikari> "You should consider yourself fortunate he is outside. He would not have waited this long before deciding to subdue you by force."
> "I...beg your pardon? What is nerdsniping?"
<Mykasi> "...How to explain? It's where you manage to completely distract someone with a problem that they completely forget about whatever else was actually going on. One of your comments triggered this entire line of thought." Mike explains.
> "I see. And I've seen little of him, but enough to know I have no desire to see more. I'll take you at your word for that."
* Nagare begins tapping his fingers on his arms. "... for how long have you been doing this?"
<Hikari> "Mike...are you suggesting that Dami merely found himself another problem to distract himself from his own?"
> "And thank you for that observation, uh, Mike. I think that's going to change the focus of my research for some time. If Raven is still a...not entirely seperate entity, but still an existance that is not entirely my own, I need to investigate into it. Perhaps it's time I...got to know him, so to speak."
> "All this time I have been treating it...him, as a particularly advanced tool, not as any sort of being. He's never given me reason to think of him as one, to be honest, but that's...frankly an excuse. Raven is a trickster, I should know that better then anyone."
> "Oh, ah...a few months before Hikari's Persona awakened. Really before any of the disturbances made the news at all. I may have been one of the first, I think."
<Mykasi> A long pause, before Mike makes a line across the sheet. | Rule 1: Create several unique Persona users (all in Kanazawa? need confirm) Rule 2: Incite pressure (desire to change? was this already present? latent? sparked by Persona acq.?) Rule 3: First gen Persona users create: Healeds, Inflicteds, Second Gen Persona Users (which one is purpose of scenario?) Rule 4: Inflicted go ma-| At Dami's words, the paper crumples very
* Nagare sighs. "I see," and then he begins trailing his sight off again.
<Mykasi> At Dami's words, the paper crumples very slightly.
<Mykasi> "Dami. I am about ready to say a few things I have wanted to say since the start. I accept that you may have reasons for what I bring up, and I will listen to them, but I need to, at this point, get them off my chest before any further dialogue may take place. And this is why you should be glad you nerdsniped me - I was about ready to break heads over this before. I am in control enough, I simply need to rant. Alright?"
<Mykasi> "Good."
> "Ah, rant away I suppose?"
<Mykasi> "...do you have any idea how fucking insulting, how goddamn REVOLTING it is to find out that symbols of your native culture are being used to try and DRIVE PEOPLE MAD?! To find out that they have been used to watch, study, torment people?! That a gift of good cheer and blessing, something meant to be given only as a sign of true friendship, has been - has been - so fucking VANDALIZED LIKE THIS?!" (More)
<Mykasi> "I mean, okay, on one front I get it, your persona is Raven. Sure. So theming on First American terms makes some damn sense, I can get that, and it's not as if I blame you for having Raven as your Persona. We get to this later, it is important. But. BUT. Dreamcatcher. Seriously. Could you have tried any harder to find anything that was so completely anathema to what you were actually doing anyway?" (More)
<Mykasi> "Since you knew what they could do to people, at least, how could you... Tch. Okay, second point, far more reasonable here. You probably know my persona at this point, if you don't, it's Anansi, horns to another trickster, whatever." Mike rattles off. "This being said, a tool? Seriously? I am honestly going to say that that inner reflection time for you will be mandatory, though I'm willing to help at this point if you want
> "...are you finished?"
<Mykasi> "Expecting your inner self - representing itself as a TRICKSTER DEITY - to be nothing more than a tool - seems sloppy work. And while I'm actually pretty certain that you have a decent reason of some sort for the damn dreamcatchers - I think I have at least an idea as to why those were used - please understand that it pretty much set my damn ass on fire the first time I saw them. Now I'm done. Apologies, rebuttal, I'm sure
<Mykasi> "Now I'm done. Apologies, rebuttal, I'm sure I merit it here."
> "Less of a rebuttal and more an explanation. The dreamcatchers took shape when I was designing...well, some physical object capable of binding a projection of Raven to, so that I could work through it. Most objects didn't take, but the dreamcatcher was very easy to work through. It's really nothing more then that. I meant no offense, it was pure practicality on my part."
> "On teh point of Raven...from the way he's looking at me right now, I think I may well have been fooled by my own Persona. Raven has never spoken, you see. Never acted without my direction, never given me any reason to suspect it had an intelligence outside of my own."
> "...and now he's smiling. Wonderful. I didn't know birds could smile."
> The raven on the desk, by the by, is just standing there staring off into space.
<Hikari> "If you cannot trust your own persona, how sure can you be that any of your pursuits have been worthwhile?" Hikari eyes the bird warily. "You said you don't recall how or why your persona awakened, didn't you? Is it possible that Raven found *you* and not the other way around?"
> "If Mykasi's hypothosis holds any merit, and I am a first generation persona user, then mine may well work differently from yours, yes. This will require quite a bit of investigation."
<Mykasi> "...... You know, I'm just glad Anansi decided to manifest himself as an asshole from day one." Mike mutters. "Okay, that wasn't the reason I expected for the dreamcatcher, but it helps explain things a bit. Still pissed as hell but." A pause, before Mike shook his head. "Oh, Dami. Tell me, do you know anything about a Valeriya?"
> "I don't know anyone by that name, no. Is she someone I should know?"
<Mykasi> "...no. Let me put it this way. There is someone doing something worse than killing people." Mike puts simply.
> ---------------------------------------------------------------------